City of Sacramento
City Council - 5PM Report
915 I Street Sacramento, CA 95814
www.cityofsacramento.org
File ID: 2024-01472 8/27/2024 Consent Item 6.
Contract Award and Budgetary Adjustment: Winn Park Tenant Improvement (C15001800) File ID: 2024-01472
Location: 1616 28th Street, District 4, Represented by Councilmember Valenzuela Recommendation: Adopt a Resolution: 1) awarding a construction contract to CCCS, Inc., dba Corporate Construction Services in an amount not to exceed $787,942 for the Winn Park Tenant Improvement Project (C15001800); 2) authorizing the City Manager or the City Manager’s designee to execute the contract specified above; and 3) authorizing the City Manager or the City Manager’s designee to transfer $225,000 (Fund 2401, Measure U Special Revenue Fund) from the Measure U Park Improvements Project (L19706000) to the Winn Park Tenant Improvement Project (C15001800).
Contact: Nadia Melgoza, Associate Architect, (916) 808-2262, [email protected]; David R. Avila, Supervising Architect, (916) 808-7501, [email protected]; James Christensen, Facilities Manager, (916) 808-5863, [email protected]; Department of Public Works
Presenter: None
Attachments:
1-Description/Analysis
2-Resolution
3-Contract- CCCS, Inc., dba Corporate Construction Services Description/Analysis
Issue Detail: Originally constructed in 1937, the Winn Park Building had fallen into disrepair and needed many improvements to be upgraded to become a space that can be used by the community and rented to a non-profit tenant. This current project includes tenant improvement scope to prepare for a non-profit rentable space. There will be an assembly space for an art gallery, offices and associated support spaces once the construction is complete. The previous cold shell scope was completed in 2022, and this scope is slated to be completed by early 2025.
File ID: 2024-01472 8/27/2024 Consent Item 6.
Policy Considerations: The recommendations in this report are in accordance with the provisions of the City Code Chapter 3.60, which requires City Council approval for contracts over $250,000 or more. This project was solicited through the competitive bidding procedure.
Economic Impacts: The recommended contract is expected to create 5.83 jobs (3.70 direct jobs and 2.13 job through indirect and induced activities) and create $769,442 in total economic output ($493,232 of direct output and another $276,210 of output in indirect and induced activities).
The indicated economic impacts are estimates calculated using a calculation tool developed by the Center for Strategic Economic Research (CSER). CSER utilized the IMPLAN input-output model (2009 coefficients) to quantify the economic impacts of a hypothetical $1 million of spending in various construction categories within the City of Sacramento in an average one-year period. Actual impacts could differ significantly from the estimates and neither the City of Sacramento nor CSER shall be held responsible for consequences resulting from such differences.
Environmental Considerations:
California Environmental Quality Act: The recommendations in this report involve the repair of an existing structure with no expansion beyond the previously existing level of use and are therefore considered to be an exempt project or activity in accordance with Section 15301 of the CEQA Guidelines.
Sustainability: This action is consistent with the 2040 General Plan, Policy LUP 10-1 Existing Structure Reuse. “The City shall encourage the retention of existing structures and promote their adaptive reuse and renovation with green building technologies to retain the structures’ embodied energy, sequester carbon, increase energy efficiency, and limit the generation of waste.” Commission/Committee Action: None
Rationale for Recommendation: On April 26, 2024, the Department of Public Works Facilities and Real Property Management Division issued invitation for Bid (IFB) B24014541002. One bid was received. CCCS, Inc., dba Corporate Construction Services was determined to be the lowest responsive and responsible bidder.
Staff has reviewed this proposal and supports awarding the Winn Park Tenant Improvement construction contract to CCCS, Inc
Work is anticipated to begin in September of 2024 with completion by February of 2025.
Financial Considerations: The total project cost is estimated to be $1,425,000. With the transfer of $225,000 (Fund 2401, Measure U Special Revenue Fund) from the Measure U Park Improvements Project (L19706000) to the Winn Park Tenant Improvement Project (C15001800), there is sufficient
File ID: 2024-01472 8/27/2024 Consent Item 6.
funding available in the Winn Park Tenant Improvement Project (C15001800) to execute the construction contract with CCCS, Inc in an amount not to exceed $787,942 and cover the remaining project costs.
The Measure U Park Improvements Project (L19706000) has sufficient funding to cover the transfer of $225,000 (Fund 2401, Measure U Special Revenue Fund).
Local Business Enterprise (LBE): CCCS, Inc is an LBE.
RESOLUTION NO. 2024-
Adopted by the Sacramento City Council
CONTRACT AWARD AND BUDGETARY ADJUSTMENT: WINN PARK
TENANT IMPROVEMENT (C15001800)
BACKGROUND
A. Winn Park is a 2.5-acre neighborhood park located at 1616 28th Street (Council District 4). The Winn Park Building had fallen into disrepair and needed many improvements to be upgraded to become a space that can be used by the community and rented to a non-profit tenant.
B. City Code Chapter 3.60 identifies the requirements for bids for public works projects and procedures for awarding contracts over $250,000.
C. Pursuant to City Code Section 3.60.020, it was determined that CCCS, Inc., dba Corporate Construction Services was the responsible low bidder for a total not to exceed amount of $787,942.
D. Additional funding from the Measure U Park Improvements Project (L19706000), is necessary to cover project costs including construction contract, staff costs and contingency.
BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, THE CITY COUNCIL RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. The contract for the Winn Park Tenant Improvement Project is awarded to CCCS, Inc., dba Corporate Construction Services in an amount not to exceed $787,942.
Section 2. The City Manager or the City Manager’s designee is authorized to execute the contract.
Section 3. The City Manager or the City Manager’s designee is authorized to transfer $225,000 (Fund 2401, Measure U Special Revenue Fund) from the Measure U Park Improvements Project
(L19706000to the Winn Park Tenant Improvement Project
(C15001800).
Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 1
AGREEMENT
(Construction Contract Over $25,000)
THIS AGREEMENT, dated for identification , 2024, is made and entered into between the CITY OF SACRAMENTO, a municipal corporation (“City”), and CCCS, INC, DBA CORPORATE CONSTRUCTION SERVICES, 5061 24th Street, Sacramento, CA 95822, (“Contractor”) in the amount of SEVEN HUNDRED EIGHTY-SEVEN THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED AND FORTY-TWO DOLLARS AND ZERO CENTS ($787,942.00)
Th
e City and Contractor hereby mutually agree as follows:
1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents, sometimes also referred to as the “Contract,” consist of the following items, which are hereby incorporated by reference as if set forth in full in this Agreement:
Notice to Contractors
Proposal Form submitted by the Contractor
Instructions to Bidders
Subcontractor and Local Business Enterprise Participation Form Drug-Free Workplace Policy and Affidavit
Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris Recycling Requirements Workers’ Compensation Insurance Certification
Federal or State funding requirements (if applicable)
Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Requirements
Requirements of the Non-Discrimination in Employee Benefits Code Ban-The-Box Requirements
Addenda, if any
This Agreement
Standard Specifications
Special Provisions
Plans and Technical Specifications
The drawings and other data and all developments thereof prepared by City pursuant to the Contract
Any modifications of any of the foregoing made or approved by City, including but not limited to duly authorized change orders
Unless specifically noted otherwise, references to the “Standard Specifications ” shall mean and refer to the Standard Specifications for Public Construction of the City of Sacramento approved by the Sacramento City Council on November 10, 2020 (Resolution No. 2020-0354), and any subsequent amendments thereto approved by the Sacramento City Council or the Sacramento City Manager . Work called for in any one Contract Document and not mentioned in another is to be performed and executed as if mentioned in all Contract Documents. The table of contents, titles and headings contained in the Contract Documents are provided solely to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect or limit the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer.
Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 2
2. DEFINITIONS
Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all words and phrases defined in the Standard Specifications shall have the same meaning and intent in this Agreement.
3. AGREEMENT CONTROLS
In the event of a conflict between any of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the terms and conditions set forth in other Contract Documents, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement shall prevail, except that the provisions of any duly authorized change order shall prevail over any conflicting provisions of this Agreement.
4. SCOPE OF CONTRACT
Contractor agrees to furnish all tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor , material, and transportation necessary to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of City, all the Work called for in the Contract Documents entitled:
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
(PN: C15001800)
Including the Work called for in the following alternative bid items described in the Proposal Form:
Contractor agrees to perform such Work in the manner designated in and in strict conformity with the Contract Documents.
5. CONTRACT AMOUNT AND PAYMENTS
City agrees to pay, and Contractor agrees to accept, as complete payment for the above Work, in accordance with the schedule and procedures set forth in the Contract Documents and subject to deductions, withholdings and additions as specified in the Contract Documents, a total sum that shall not exceed the total bid amount set forth in Contractor’s Proposal Form . In addition, subject to deductions, withholdings, and additions as specified in the Contract Documents , payment for individual items of the Work shall be computed as follows:
A. For items of the Work for which a lump sum price is specified in Contractor’s Proposal Form , Contractor shall be paid the lump sum price(s) specified in Contractor’s Proposal Form; and
B. For items of the Work for which a unit price is specified in Contractor’s Proposal Form, Contractor shall be paid the sum computed at such unit price, or computed at a different price if such different price is determined by City in accordance with the Standard Specifications, based on the actual amount of each such item Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 3
performed and/or furnished and incorporated in the Work; provided that in no event shall the total sum for a unit price item exceed the total bid amount set forth for such item in the Contractor’s Proposal Form, unless authorized by Change Order.
6. PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract, City shall cause payments to be made upon demand of Contractor as follows:
A. On or about the first of the month, the Engineer shall present to the Contractor a statement showing the amount of labor and materials incorporated in the Work through the twentieth (20) calendar day of the preceding month. After both Contractor and Engineer approve the statement in writing, and the City’s labor compliance officer provides written approval, the City shall issue a certificate for ninety-five (95) percent of the amount it shall find to be due, subject to any deductions or withholdings authorized or required under the Contract or any applicable Laws or Regulations.
B. No inaccuracy or error in said monthly estimates shall operate to release Contractor from damages arising from such Work or from enforcement of each and every provision of the Contract Documents, and City shall have the right subsequently to correct any error made in any estimate for payment.
C. Contractor shall not be paid for any defective or improper Work.
D. The remaining five (5) percent of the value of the Work performed under the Contract, if unencumbered and subject to any deductions or withholdings authorized or required under the Contract or any applicable Laws or Regulations, shall be released not later than sixty (60) days after completion and final acceptance of the Work by City. Acceptance by Contractor of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims against the City arising under the Contract Documents, except for disputed claims in stated amounts that the Contractor specifically reserves in writing, but only to the extent that the Contractor has complied with all procedures and requirements applicable to the presentation and processing of such claim(s) under the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be entitled to substitute securities for retention or to direct that payments of retention be made into escrow, as provided in Public Contract Code Section 22300, upon execution of the City’s Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention.
E. The parties agree that, for purposes of the timely progress payment requirements specified in Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the date that the City receives a statement jointly approved by the Contractor and the Engineer as provided above shall be deemed to constitute the date that City receives an undisputed and properly submitted payment request from the Contractor. Progress payments not made within 30 days after this date may be subject to payment of interest as provided in Public Contract Code Section 20104.50.
Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 4
F. This Contract is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the California Department of Industrial Relations, as specified in California Labor Code section 1771.4.
7. RETENTION OF SUMS CHARGED AGAINST CONTRACTOR
When, under the provisions of this Contract or any applicable Laws or Regulations, City is authorized or required to withhold, deduct, or charge any sum of money against Contractor, City may deduct and retain the amount of such charge from the amount of the next succeeding progress estimate(s), or from any other moneys due or that may become due Contractor from City. If, on completion or termination of the Contract, sums due Contractor are insufficient to pay City's charges, City shall have the right to recover the balance from Contractor or its Sureties.
8. COMMENCEMENT AND PROSECUTION OF WORK
Contractor shall commence the Work not later than fifteen (15) working days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed from City to Contractor and shall diligently prosecute the W ork t o final completion. The phase “commence the W ork” means to engage in a continuous program on- site including, but not limited to, site clearance, grading, dredging, land filling and the fabrications, erection, or installation of the Work.
The Notice to Proceed shall be issued within fifteen (15) calendar days following execution of the Agreement by the City and the filing by Contractor of the required Bonds and proof of insurance, provided that the Engineer may delay issuance of the Notice to Proceed if the Engineer determines in the Engineer’s sole discretion that conditions on the site of the Work are unsuitable for commencement of the Work . After the Notice to Proceed is issued, the continuous prosecution of Work by Contractor shall be subject only to Excusable Delays as defined in this Agreement.
9. TIME OF COMPLETION
The entire Work shall be brought to completion in the manner provided for in the Contract Documents on or before ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY (180) CALENDAR days from the date of the Notice to Proceed (hereinafter called the “Completion Date” ) unless extensions of time are granted in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Failure to complete the entire Work by the Completion Date and in the manner provided for in the Contract Documents shall subject Contractor to liquidated damages as provided in this Agreement. Time is and shall be of the essence in the performance of the Contract and the Work.
10. PAYMENTS DO NOT IMPLY ACCEPTANCE OF WORK
The payment of any progress payment, or the acceptance thereof by Contractor, shall not constitute acceptance of the Work or any portion thereof and shall in no way reduce the liability of Contractor to replace unsatisfactory work or material, whether or not the unsatisfactory character of such work or material was apparent or detected at the time such payment was made.
Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 5
11. ACCEPTANCE NOT RELEASE
Contractor shall correct immediately any defective or imperfect work or materials that may be discovered before final acceptance of the entire Work, whether or not such defect or imperfection was previously noticed or identified by the City. The inspection of the Work, or any part thereof, shall not relieve Contractor of any of its obligations to perform satisfactory work as herein specified.
Failure or neglect on the part of City or any of its officers, employees or authorized agents to discover, identify, condemn or reject defective or imperfect work or materials shall not be construed to imply an acceptance of such work or materials , if such defect or imperfection becomes evident at any time prior to final acceptance of the entire Work, nor shall such failure or neglect be construed as barring City from enforcing Contractor’s warranty(ies) or otherwise recovering damages or such a sum of money as may be required to repair or rebuild the defective or imperfect work or materials whenever City may discover the same, subject only to any statu tes of limitation that may apply to any such claim.
12. CITY'S RIGHT TO TAKE POSSESSION OF THE WORK IN WHOLE OR IN PART
The City shall have the right at any time to enter upon the Work and perform work not covered by this Contract, or to occupy and use a portion of the Work, prior to the date of the final acceptance of the Work as a whole, without in any way relieving Contr actor of any obligations under this Contract.
13. NO WAIVER OF REMEDIES
Neither the inspection by City, its officers, employees or agents, nor any certificate or other approval for the payment of money, nor any payment for, nor acceptance of the whole or any part of the Work by City, nor any extensions of time, nor any position taken by City, its officers, employees or its agents shall operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract Documents nor of any power herein reserved to City or any right to damages herein provided, nor shall any waiver of any breach of this Agreement be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. All remedies provided in the Contract Documents shall be taken and construed as cumulative; in addition to each and every other remedy herein provided, the City shall have any and all equitable and legal remedies that it would in any case have.
14. WARRANTY
Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, and excepting only items of routine maintenance, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect by City, Contractor warrants and guarantees all Work executed and all supplies, materials and devices of whatsoever nature incorporated in or attached to the Work, or otherwise provided as a part of the Work pursuant to the Contract, to be absolutely free of all defects of workmanship and materials for a period of one year after final acceptance of the entire Work by the City. Contractor shall repair or replace all work or material, together with any other work or material that may be displaced or damaged in so doing, that may prove Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 6
defective in workmanship or material within this one-year warranty period without expense or charge of any nature whatsoever to City.
In the event that Contractor shall fail to comply with the conditions of the foregoing warranty within ten (10) days after being notified of the defect in writing, City shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to repair, or obtain the repair of, the defect and Contractor shall pay to City on demand all costs and expense of such repair.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that any defect in workmanship or material covered by the foregoing warranty results in a condition th at constitutes an immediate hazard to public health or safety, or any property interest, or any person, City shall have the right to immediately repair, or cause to be repaired, such defect, and Contractor shall pay to City on demand all costs and expense of such repair.
The foregoing statement relating to hazards to health, safety or property shall be deemed to include both temporary and permanent repairs that may be required as determined in the sole discretion and judgment of City.
In addition to the above, the Contractor shall make a written assignment of all manufacturers and other product warranties to the City, prior to completion and final acceptance of the Work by City.
The Contractor’s Performance Bond shall secure the performance of the Contractor’s obligations under this Section 14, and the Contractor and its Surety shall be jointly and severally liable for these obligations.
15. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IF WORK NOT COMPLETED ON TIME
A. The actual fact of the occurrence of damages and the actual amount of the damages that City would suffer if the entire Work, and/or any specified portion thereof, were not completed within the time(s) specified herein are dependent upon many circumstances and conditions that could prevail in various combinations, and for this reason, it is impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damages. Damages that City would suffer in the event of such delay include: loss of the use of the project; expenses of prolonged assignment to the project of an architectural and /or engineering staff; prolonged costs of administration, inspection, and supervision; increased operational expenses and/or impaired operation of other facilities dependent up on completion of the project; and the loss and inconvenience suffered by the public within the City of Sacramento by reason of the delay in the completion of the project or portion thereof. Accordingly, the parties agree, and by execution of this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges that it understands and agrees, that the amount(s) set forth herein as liquidated damages reflect the parties’ best efforts at the time of entering into the Contract to estimate the damages that may be incurred by City and the public due to the Contractor’s delay in completion of the Work and/or any specified portion thereof, and shall be presumed to be the amount of damages sustained by the failure of Contractor to complete the entire Work and/or any specified portion thereof within the time(s) specified herein.
Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 7
B. Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to City for failure to complete the entire Work by the Completion Date (as extended in accordance with the Contract Documents, if applicable) in the amount of $ 1000.00 a day for each calendar day after the Completion Date (as extended in accordance with the Contract Documents, if applicable), continuing to the time at which the entire Work is completed. Such amount is the actual cash value agreed upon by the City and Contractor as the loss to City and the public resulting from Contractor's default.
The parties agree, and by execution of this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges that it understands and agrees, that the foregoing provisions provide for the imposition of liquidated damages from the Completion Date (as extended in accordance with the Contract Documents, if applicable) until the date of completion of the entire Work as determined by the Engineer in accordance with Section 8-4 of the Standard Specifications, whether or not the Work or any portion thereof is claimed or determined to be substantially complete prior to such date of completion.
C. In the event Contractor shall become liable for liquidated damages, City, in addition to all other remedies provided by law, shall have the right to withhold any and all payments that otherwise would be or become due Contractor until the liability of Contractor under this section is finally determined. City shall have the right to use and apply such payments, in whole or in part, to reimburse City for all liquidated damages due or to become due to City. Any remaining balance of such payments shall be paid to Contractor only after discharge in full of all liability incurred by Contractor under this section or otherwise under any provision of the Contract Documents or any applicable Law or Regulation. If the sum so retained by City is not sufficient to discharge all such liabilities of Contractor, Contractor shall continue to remain liable to City until all such liabilities are satisfied in full.
No failure by City to withhold any payment as specified above shall in any manner be construed to constitute a release of any such liabilities nor a waiver of the City’s right to withhold payment for such liabilities.
16. INDEMNITY AND HOLD HARMLESS
A. Contractor shall defend, hold harmless and indemnify the City, its officers, employees, and agents, and each and every one of them, from and against any and all actions, damages, costs, liabilities, claims, demands, losses, judgments, penalties, costs and expenses of every type and description, whether arising on or off the site of the Work, including, but not limited to, any fees and/or costs reasonabl y incurred by City’ s staff attorneys or outside attorneys and any fees and expenses incurred in enforcing this provision (hereafter collectively referred to as “Liabilities”), including but not limited to Liabilities arising from personal injury or death, damage to personal, real or intellectual property or the environment, contractual or other economic damages, or regulatory penalties, arising out of or in any way connected with performance of or failure to perform the Work by the Contractor, any subcontractor or agent, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, whether or not (i) such Liabilities are Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 8
caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder , or (ii) such Liabilities are litigated, settled or reduced to judgment; provided that the foregoing indemnity does not apply to liability for damages for death or bodily injury to persons, injury to property, or other loss, damage or expense to the extent arising from (i) the sole negligence or willful misconduct of, or defects in design furnished by, City, its agents, servants, or independent contractors who are directly responsible to City, or (ii) the active negligence of City.
B. The existence or acceptance by City of any of the insurance policies or coverages described in this Agreement shall not affect or limit any of City’s rights under this Section 16, nor shall the limits of such insurance limit the liability of Contractor hereunder. The provisions of this Section 16 shall survive any expiration or termination of the Contract.
17. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME RISKS
Until the completion and final acceptance by City of all Work under this Contract, the Work shall be under Contractor's responsible care and charge, and Contractor, at no cost to City, shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries, damages, re- erections, and repairs occasioned or rendered necessary by accidental causes of any nature, to all or any portions of the Work.
18. GENERAL LIABILITY OF CONTRACTOR
Except as otherwise herein expressly stipulated, Contractor shall perform all the Work and furnish all the labor, materials, tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, transportation, power and light, and appliances, necessary or proper for performing and completing the Work herein required in the manner and within the time herein specified. The mention of any specific duty or liability of Contractor shall not be construed as a limitation or restriction of any general liability or duty of Contractor, and any reference to any specific duty or liability shall be construed to be solely for the purpose of explanation.
19. INSURANCE
During the entire term of the Contract, Contractor shall maintain the insurance coverage described in this Section 19.
Full compensation for all premiums that Contractor is required to pay for the insurance coverage described herein shall be included in the compensation specified for the Work performed by Contractor under this Contract. No additional compensation will be provided for Contractor’s insurance premiums. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits and coverages shall be available to the City.
It is understood and agreed by the Contractor that its liability to the City shall not in any way be limited to or affected by the amount of insurance coverage required or carried by the Contractor in connection with this Contract.
Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 9
A. Minimum Scope & Limits of Insurance Coverage
(1) Commercial General Liability Insurance p roviding coverage at least as broad as ISO CGL Form 00 01 on an occurrence basis for bodily injury, including death, of one or more persons, property damage, and personal injury, arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of Contractor and its subcontractors, products and completed operations of Contractor and its subcontractors, and premises owned, leased, or used by Contractor and its subcontractors, with limits of not less than two million dollars ($ 2,000,000) per occurrence. The policy shall provide contractual liability and products and completed operations coverage for the term of the policy.
(2) Automobile Liability Insurance providing coverage at least as broad as ISO Form CA 00 01 for bodily injury, including death, of one or more persons, property damage, and personal injury, with limits of not less than one million dollars ($ 1,000,000) per accident. The policy shall provide coverage for owned, non- owned, and/or hired autos as appropriate to the operations of the Contractor.
No
automobile liability insurance shall be required if Contractor completes the following certification:
“I certify that a motor vehicle will not be used in the performance of any work or services under this agreement.” ________ (Contractor initials)
(3) Excess Insurance: The minimum limits of insurance required above may be satisfied by a combination of primary and umbrella or excess insurance coverage; provided that any umbrella or excess insurance shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, a provision that it shall apply on a primary basis for the benefit of the CITY, and any insurance or self- insurance maintained by CITY, its officials, employees, or volunteers shall be in excess of such umbrella or excess coverage and shall not contribute with it.
(4) Workers’ Compensation Insurance w
ith statutory limits, and
Employers’ Liability Insurance with limits of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000). The Workers’ Compensation policy shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City.
No
Workers’ Compensation insurance shall be required if Contractor completes the following certification:
Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 10
“I certify that my business has no employees, and that I do not employ anyone. I am exempt from the legal requirements to provide Workers' Compensation insurance.” _________
(Contractor initials)
B. Additional Insured Coverage
(1) Commercial General Liability Insurance: T
he City, its officials,
employees, and volunteers shall be covered by policy terms or endorsement as additional insureds as respects general liability arising out of: activities performed by or on behalf of Contractor and its subcontractors; products and completed operations of Contractor and its subcontractors; and premises owned, leased, or used by Contractor and its subcontractors.
(2) Automobile Liability Insurance: The City, its officials, employees, and volunteers shall be covered by policy terms or endorsement as additional insureds as respects auto liability.
C. Other Insurance Provisions
The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:
(1) Contractor’s insurance coverage, including excess insurance, shall be primary insurance as respects City, its officials, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self -insurance maintained by City, its officials, employees, or volunteers shall be in excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.
(2) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to City, its officials, employees, or volunteers.
(3) Coverage shall state that Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability.
(4) City will be provided with thirty (30) days written notice of cancellation or material change in the policy language or terms.
D. Acceptability of Insurance
Insurance shall be placed with insurers with a Bests’ rating of not less than A:VI. Self -insured retentions, policy terms or other variations that do not comply with the requirements of this Section 3 must be declared to and approved by the City in writing prior to execution of this Contract.
E. Verification of Coverage
Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 11
(1) Contractor shall furnish City with certificates and required endorsements evidencing the insurance required. Copies of policies shall be delivered to the City on demand. Certificates of insurance shall be signed by an authorized representative of the insurance carrier.
(2) For all insurance policy renewals during the term of this Contract, Contractor shall send insurance certificates reflecting the policy renewals directly to:
City of Sacramento
c/o EXIGIS LLC
P.O. Box 947
Murrieta, CA 92564
Insurance certificates also may be faxed to (888) 355-3599, or e-mailed to:
[email protected]
(3) The City may withdraw its offer of contract or cancel this Contract if the certificates of insurance and endorsements required have not been provided prior to execution of this Contract. The City may withhold payments to Contractor or cancel the Contract if the insurance is canceled or Con tractor otherwise ceases to be insured as required herein.
F. Subcontractors
Contractors shall require and verify that all subcontractors maintain insurance coverage that meets the minimum scope and limits of insurance coverage specified in subsection A, above.
20. FAILURE TO MAINTAIN BONDS OR INSURANCE
If, at any time during the performance of this Contract, Contractor fails to maintain any item of the bonds and/or insurance required under the Contract in full force and effect, Contractor shall immediately suspend all work under the Contract and notify C ity in writing of such failure. After such notice is provided, or if City discovers such failure and notifies Contractor, the City thereafter may withhold all Contract payments due or that become due until notice is received by City that such bonds and/or insurance have been restored in full force and effect and that the premiums therefor have been paid for a period satisfactory to the Division of Risk Management. Contractor shall not resume work until notified by City to do so, and the City shall have no responsibility or liability for any costs incurred by Contractor as a result of such suspension of Work.
In addition to the foregoing, any failure to maintain any item of the required bonds and/or insurance at any time during the performance of this Contract will be sufficient cause for termination of the Contract by City.
Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 12
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City, its officers, employees and agents against and from, any and all damages, claims, losses, actions, costs or other expenses of any kind incurred by any party as a direct or indirect result of any suspension of Work or termination of the Contract under the provisions of this Section.
21. EXCUSABLE DELAYS
For the purpose of these Contract Documents, the term "Excusable Delay" shall mean, and is limited to, delay caused directly by : acts of God; acts of a public enemy; fires; inclement weather as determined by the Engineer; riots; insurrections; epidemics; quarantine restrictions; strikes; lockouts; sitdowns; acts of a governmental agency; priorities or privileges established for the manufacture, assemble, or allotment of materials necessary in the Work by order, decree or otherwise of the United States or by any department, bureau, commission, committee, agent, or administrator of any legally constituted public authority; changes in the Work ordered by City insofar as they necessarily require additional time in which to complete the Work; the prevention of Contractor from commencing or prosecuting the Work because of the acts of others, excepting Contractor's subcontractors or suppliers; or the prevention of Contractor from commencing or prosecuting the Work because of a Citywide failure of public utility service.
The term "Excusable Delay" shall specifically not incl ude: (i) any delay that could have
been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, foresight and diligence on the part of Contractor; (ii) any delay in the prosecution of any part of the Work that does not constitute a Controlling Operation, whether or not such delay is unavoidable; (iii) any reasonable delay resulting from time required by City for review of any Contractor submittals and for the making of surveys, measurements and inspection; and, (iv) any delay arising from an interruption in the prosecution of the Work on account of reasonable interference by other Contractors employed by City that does not necessarily prevent the completion of the entire Work within the time specified. Excusable Delays, if any, shall operate only to extend the Completion Date (not in excess of the period of such delay as determined by City) and shall not under any circumstances increase the amount City is required to pay Contractor except as otherwise provided in these Contract Documents.
22 . CONTRACTOR TO SERVE NOTICE OF DELAYS
Whenever Contractor foresees any delay in the prosecution of the Work, and in any event as soon as possible (not to exceed a period of ten (10) calendar days) after the initial occurrence of any delay that Contractor regards as or may later claim to be an Excusable Delay, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of such delay and its cause, in order that the Engineer : (i) may take immediate steps to prevent if possible the occurrence or continuance of the delay ; or (ii) if this cannot be done, may determine whether the delay is to be considered excusable, how long it continues, and to what extent the prosecution and completion of the Work are delayed thereby. Said written notice shall constitute an application for an extension of time only if the notice requests Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 13
such an extension and sets forth the Contractor's estimate of the additional time required together with a full description of the cause of the delay relied upon.
After the completion of any part or whole of the Work, the Engineer, in estimating the amount due Contractor, will assume that any and all delays that may have occurred in its prosecution and completion were not Excusable Delays, except for such delays for which the Contractor has provided timely written notice as required herein, and that the Engineer has found to be excusable. Contractor shall not be entitled to claim Excusable Delay for any delay for which the Contractor failed to provide such timely written notice.
23. EXTENSION OF TIME
If the Contractor complies with Section 22, above, and the Engineer finds a delay claimed by the Contractor to be an Excusable Delay, the Contractor shall be allowed an extension of time to complete the Work that is proportional to the period of Excusable Delay determined by the Engineer, subject to the approval by City of a change order granting such time extension. During a duly authorized extension for an Excusable Delay, City shall not charge liquidated damages against the Contractor for such delay.
If the City extends the time to complete the Work as provided herein, such extension shall in no way release any warranty or guarantee given by Contractor pursuant to the provisions of the Contract Documents, nor shall such extension of time relieve or release the sureties of the Bonds provided pursuant to the Contract Documents. By executing such Bonds, the Sureties shall be deemed to have expressly agreed to any such extension of time. The granting of any extension of time as provided herein shall in no way operate as a waiver on the part of City of its rights under this Contract, excepting only extension of the Completion Date for such period of Excusable Delay as may be determined by the Engineer and approved by a duly authorized change order.
24. NO PAYMENT FOR DELAYS
No damages or compensation of any kind shall be paid to Contractor or any subcontractor because of delays in the progress of the Work whether or not such delays qualify for extension of time under this Agreement; except that this provision shall not preclude the recovery of damages for a delay caused by the City that is unreasonable under the circumstances and that is not within the contemplation of the parties, provided that the Contractor timely submits all such written notice(s) and fully complies with such other procedures as may be specified in the Contract Documents or any Laws or Regulations for Contractor to claim damages for such delay.
25. CHANGES IN THE WORK
Changes in the Work authorized or directed in accordance with the Contract Documents and extensions of time of completion made necessary by reason thereof shall not in any way release any warranty or guarantee given by Contractor pursuant to the provisions of the Contract Documents, nor shall such changes in the Work relieve or release the Sureties on Bonds provided pursuant to the Contract Documents. By executing such Bonds, the Sureties shall be deemed to have expressly agreed to any such change in Work and to any extension of time made by reason thereof.
Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 14
26. TERMINATION AFTER COMPLETION DATE
In addition to any other rights City may have, if any services or work required under the Contract (including but not limited to punch list items) are not completed as of the Completion Date (as adjusted by any extensions of time for Excusable Delays granted pursuant to the Contract Documents), City may terminate the Contract at any time after the Completion Date ( as adjusted by any extensions of time for Excusable Delays granted pursuant to the Contract Documents), by providing a written notice to Contrac tor specifying the date of termination. Such notice also may specify conditions or requirements that Contractor must meet to avoid termination of the Contract on such date. If Contractor fails to fulfill all such conditions and requirements by such termination date, or, if no such conditions or requirements are specified, Contractor shall cease rendering services and performing work on such termination date and shall not be entitled to receive any compensation for services rendered or work performed after such termination date. In the event of such termination, Contractor shall remain liable to City for liquidated damages incurred for any period of time prior to the termination date.
In addition to any other charges, withholdings or deductions authorized under the Contract or any Laws or Regulations, if City terminates the Contract pursuant to this section, City may withhold and deduct from any payment and/or retention funds otherwise due Contractor any sum necessary to pay the City's cost of completing or correcting, or contracting for the completion or correction of, any services or work under the Contract that are not completed to the satisfaction of the City or that otherwise are deficient or require correction as of such termination date, including but not limited to incomplete punch list items. Such costs shall include all of the City’s direct and indirect costs incurred to complete or correct such services or work, including the City’s administrative and overhead costs. If the amount of payment(s) and/or retention funds otherwise due the Contractor are insufficient to pay such costs, City shall have the right to recover the balance of such costs from the Contractor and/or its Surety(ies).
27. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE
Upon written notice to the Contractor, the City may at any time, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the City, elect to terminate the Contract for the convenience of City. In such case, the Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items, and after deduction and/or withholding of any amounts authorized to be deducted or withheld by the Contract Documents or any Law s or Regulations):
A. For Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination and determined to be acceptable by the Engineer , including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
B. For reasonable claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with subcontractors, suppliers, and others; and
C. For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.
Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 15
Contractor shall not be paid for any loss of anticipated profits or revenue for any Work not performed prior to termination, nor for any economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination, except for the payments listed in this section. Contractor’s warranty under Section 14 of this Agreement shall apply, and Contractor shall remain responsible for all obligations related to such warranty, with respect to all portions of the Work performed prior to the effective date of the termination for convenience pursuant to this section. The City shall be entitled to have any or all remaining Work performed by ot her contractors or by any other means at any time after the effective date of a termination for convenience pursuant to this section.
28. TERMINATION FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT
If Contractor abandons the Work under this Contract, or if the Contract or any portion of the Contract is sublet or assigned without the consent of the City, or if the Engineer determines in the Engineer’s sole discretion that the conditions of the Contract in respect to the rate of progress of the Work are not being fulfilled or any part thereof is unnecessarily delayed, or if Contractor violates or breaches, or fails to execute in good faith, any of the terms or conditions of the Contract, or if Contractor refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled labor or materials or refuses or fails to make prompt payment to subcontractors for material or labor, or if Contractor disregards any Laws or Regulations or proper instruction or orders of the Engineer, then, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, the City may give Contractor and its Sureties written notification to immediately correct the situation or the Contract shall be terminated.
In the event that such notice is given, and, in the event such situation is not corrected, or arrangements for correction satisfactory to the City are not made, within ten (10) calendar days from the date of such notice or within such other period of time as may be specified by the City in the notice, the Contract shall upon the expiration of said period cease and terminate. In the event of any such termination, City may take over the Work and prosecute the Work to completion, or otherwise, and the Contractor and its Sureties shall be liable to City for any cost occasioned City thereby, as hereinafter set forth.
In the event City completes the Work, or causes the Work to be completed, no payment of any kind shall be made to Contractor until the Work is complete. The cost of completing the Work, including but not limited to, extra costs of project administration and management incurred by City, both direct or indirect, shall be deducted from any sum then due, or that becomes due, to Contractor from City. If sums due to Contractor from City are less than the cost of completing the Work, Contractor and its Sureties shall pay City a sum equal to this difference on demand. In the event City completes the Work, and there is a sum remaining due to Contractor after City deducts the costs of completing the Work, then City shall pay such sum to Contractor. The Contractor and Contractor’s Sureties shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations imposed on Contractor hereunder.
No act by City before the Work is finally accepted, including, but not limited to, exercise of other rights under the Contract, actions at law or in equity, extensions of time, payments, assessments of liquidated damages, occupation or acceptance of any part of the Work, waiver of any prior breach of the Contract or failure to take action pursuant to Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 16
this section upon the happening of any prior default or breach of Contractor, shall be construed to be a waiver or esto ppel of the City’s right to act pursuant to this Section upon any subsequent event, occurrence or failure by Contractor to fulfill the terms and conditions of the Contract. The rights of City to terminate the Contract pursuant to this Section and pursuant to Sections 26 and 27 are cumulative and are in addition to all other rights of City pursuant to the Contract and at law or in equity.
29. CONTRACTOR BANKRUPT
If Contractor should commence any bankruptcy proceeding, or if Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if Contractor makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency, then the City may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, terminate the Contract and complete the work by giving notice as provided in Section 28 above.
30. SURETIES’ OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION
If the City terminates the Contract pursuant to Section 28 or Section 29 above:
A. T he Surety under Contractor’s performance bond shall be fully responsible for all of the Contractor’s remaining obligations of performance under the Contract as if the Surety were a party to the Contract, including without limitation Contractor’s obligations, as provided in the Contract Documents, to complete and provide a one-year warranty of the entire Work , pay liquidated damages and indemnif y, defend and hold harmless City, up to the full amount of the performance bond.
B. The Surety under Contractor’s payment bond shall be fully responsible for the performance of all of the Contractor’s remaining payment obligations for work, services, equipment, or materials performed or provided in connection with the Work or any portion thereof, up to the full amount of the payment bond.
31. ACCOUNTING RECORDS OF CONTRACTOR
During performance of the Contract and for a period of three (3) years after completing the entire Work, Contractor shall maintain all accounting and financial records related to the Contract and performance of the Work in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and shall keep and make such records available for inspection and audit by representatives of the City upon reasonable written notice.
Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 17
32. USE TAX REQUIREMENTS
During the performance of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest, agrees as follows:
A. Use Tax Direct Payment Permit: For all leases and purchases of materials, equipment, supplies, or other tangible personal property used to perform the Agreement and shipped from outside California, the Contractor and any subcontractors leasing or purchasing such materials, equipment, supplies or other tangible personal property shall obtain a Use Tax Direct Payment Permit from the California State Board of Equalization (“SBE”) in accordance with the applicable SBE criteria and requirements.
B. Sellers Permit: For any construction contract and any construction subcontract in the amount of $5,000,000 or more, Contractor and the subcontractor(s) shall obtain sellers permits from the SBE and shall register the jobsite as the place of business for the purpose of allocating local sales and use tax to the City. Contractor and its subcontractors shall remit the self - accrued use tax to the SBE, and shall provide a copy of each remittance to the City.
C. T
he above provisions shall apply in all instances unless prohibited by the funding source for the Agreement.
33. NON-DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
This Agreement may be subject to the requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter
3.54, Non -Discrimination in Employee Benefits by City Contractors. The Contract Documents include a summary of the requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter
3.54, entitled “Requirements of the Non- Discrimination in Employee Benefits Code.” By signing this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges and represents that Contractor has read and understands these requirements and agrees to fully comply with all applicable requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.54. If requested by City, Contractor agrees to promptly provide such documents and information as may be required by City to verify Contractor’s compliance. Any violation by Contractor of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.54 constitutes a material breach of this Agreement, for which the City may terminate the Agreement and pursue all available legal and equitable remedies.
34. CONSIDERING CRIMINAL CONVICTION INFORMATION IN THE EMPLOYMENT
APPLICATION PROCESS
This Agreement may be subject to the requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter
3.62, Procedures for Considering Criminal Conviction Information in the Employment Application Process. The Contract Documents include a summary of the requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62, entitled “Ban- The-Box Requirements.” By signing this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges and represents Form approved by City Attorney 6-23-23 18
that Contractor has read and understands these requirements and agrees to fully comply with all applicable requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62. If requested by City, Contractor agrees to promptly provide such documents and information as may be required by City to verify Contractor’s compliance. Any violation by Contractor of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62 constitutes a material breach of this Agreement, for which the City may terminate the Agreement and pursue all available legal and equitable remedies. Contractor agrees to require its subcontractors to fully comply with all applicable requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62 and include these requirements in all subcontracts covered by Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62.
CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 1 of 5
Facilities and Real Property Management
1 CONTRACTOR NAME: __________________________________________________
TO THE HONORABLE CITY COUNCIL
SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA:
In compliance with the Contract Documents, the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all required labor, materials, supervision, transportation, equipment, services, taxes, and incidentals required for:
BID PROPOSAL
WINN PARK BUILDING COLD SHELL REMODEL
(C15001800)
in th
e City and County of Sacramento, California.
The W
ork is to be done in strict conformity with the Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk, for the following sum:
Item
No. Item Description
Estimated
Quantity Unit Unit Price Total
1 Site Work $ $
2 Demolition $ $
3 Exterior Walls/Doors and Glazing $ $
4 Sealants $ $
5 Interior Partition $ $
6 Interior Finishes $ $
7 Functional Equipment $ $
8 Plumbing $ $
9 HVAC $ $
10 Electrical $ $
11 General Conditions $ $
12 Overhead & Profit $ $
CCCS, INC DBA Corporate Construction Services
79,497.50
20,688.00
21,605.00
52,818.00
96,000.00
158,600.00
21,885.00
80,281.00
43,607.85
18,920.00
159,753.00
CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 2 of 5
Facilities and Real Property Management
2 13 Bonds and Insurance $ $
CONTRACTOR NAME: TOTAL $
SCHEDULE
If aw
arded the Contract, the undersigned agrees to sign said Contract and furnish the necessary surety bonds and insurance certificates within ten (10) days after receipt of the notice of award of the Contract, and to begin work within fifteen (15) days after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the City.
It is understood that this Bid Proposal is based upon completion of the Work within a period of ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY (180) CALENDAR DAYS. The Contractor shall refer to Section 1.B Completion Time of the Special Provisions for calculation of the completion date.
DETERMINATION OF LOW BIDDER
SPECIAL CONDITION: THE DETERMINATION OF THE LOW BIDDER WILL BE BASED ON THE BASE BID AND ALL ADDITIVE ALTERNATES. HOWEVER, THE CONTRACT AWARD MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL OF THE ADDITIVE ALTERNATIVES. THE CITY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SELECT WHICH ADDITIVE
ALTERNATIVES, IF ANY, TO INCLUDE IN THE CONTRACT AWARD IN ADDITION TO THE BASE BID WORK.
CORREC
TING BID PROPOSAL: In determining the amount bid by each bidder, the City shall disregard mathematical errors in addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division that appear obvious on the face of the Bid Proposal. When such a mathematical error appears on the face of the Bid Proposal, the City shall have the right to correct such error and to compute the total amount bid by said bidder on the basis of the corrected figure or figures.
When an
item price is required to be set forth in the Bid Proposal, and the total for the item set forth separately does not agree with a figure which is derived by multiplying the item price times the Engineer's estimate of the quantity of work to be performed for said item, the item price shall prevail over the sum set forth as the total for the item unless, in the sole discretion of the City, such a procedure would be inconsistent with the policy of the bidding procedure. The total paid for each such it em of work shall be based upon the item price and not the total price. Should the Bid Proposal contain only total price for the item and the item price is omitted, the City shall determine the item price by dividing the total price for the item by the Engineer's E stimate of the estimated quantities of work to be performed as items of work.
If the Bid P
roposal contains neither the item price nor the total price for the item, then it shall be deemed incomplete, and the Bid Proposal shall be disregarded.
BIDDER’
S DECLARATION
34,285.95
CCCS, INC DBA Corporate Construction Services
$787,941.30
CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 3 of 5
Facilities and Real Property Management
3 The undersigned has examined the location of the proposed Work, the local conditions at the place where the Work is to be done, is familiar with the Contract Documents and is familiar and expressly agrees to the liquidated damages provision of the Contract Documents. The undersigned has carefully checked all of the foregoing figures and understands that the City of Sacramento will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in making up this Bid Proposal.
Enclose
d is Bid Proposal Guarantee, as required, consisting of a bidder's bond or other acceptable security for not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount Bid Proposal.
The und
ersigned agrees that all addenda received and acknowledged herein shall become a part of and be included in this Bid Proposal. This Bid Proposal includes the following addenda:
Add. # DATE
Add. # DATE
Add. # DATE
NOTE:
State whether your concern is a corporation, a co-partnership, private individual, or individuals doing business under a firm name. If the Bidder is a corporation, the Bid Proposal must be executed in the name of the corporation and must be signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation. If the Bidder is a partnership, the Bid Proposal must be executed in the name of the partnership and one of the partners must subscribe their signature thereto as the authorized representative of the partnership
AMOUNT OF
BID PROPOSAL GUARANTEE ENCLOSED:
($____
__________________) not less than ten percent (10%) of amount Bid Proposal CONTRACTOR:
By: __________________________________
(Signature)
(Prin t or Type)
Title
Address
Telep hone No.
Fax No.
EMAIL A DDRESS ______________________
Date
FOR CITY USE ONLY
BID B
OND SECURITY
Properly Signed
Improperly Signed
Not Included
Not Required
TYPE OF
DEPOSIT
Bid Bond
Cashier/Certified Check
Other __________
Initial: __________
1 5/1/2024
2 5/20/2024
3 6/7/2024
CITY OF SACRAMENTO Bid Proposal
Department of Public Works Page 4 of 5
Facilities and Real Property Management
4 PLEASE PRI
NT CLEARLY AS BID RESULTS WILL BE SENT VIA EMAIL
Contra
ctor's License No. Type
Expiration Date
Tax I.D. Nos.- Fed. State
City of Sacramento Business Operation Tax Certificate No. (City will not award contracts if Certificate Number is missing.) DIR Registration No.
826872
B
10/31/2025
74-3039297
411-7110-9
132666
1000029330
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE
INSURER F :
INSURER E :
INSURER D :
INSURER C :
INSURER B :
INSURER A :
NAIC #
NAME:
CONTACT
(A/C, No):
FAX
E-MAIL
ADDRESS:
PRODUCER
(A/C, No, Ext):
PHONE
INSURED
REVISION NUMBER:CERTIFICATE NUMBER:COVERAGES
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
OTHER:
(Per accident)
(Ea accident)
$
$
N / A
SUBR
WVD
ADDL
INSD
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. $ $
$
$PROPERTY DAMAGE
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
AUTOS ONLY
AUTOSAUTOS ONLY
NON-OWNED
SCHEDULEDOWNED
ANY AUTO
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
Y / N
WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?
(Mandatory in NH)
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
If yes, describe under
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
$
$
$
E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
ER
OTH-
STATUTE
PER
LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)
POLICY EXP
(MM/DD/YYYY)
POLICY EFF
POLICY NUMBERTYPE OF INSURANCELTR
INSR
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required)
EXCESS LIAB
UMBRELLA LIAB $EACH OCCURRENCE
$AGGREGATE
$
OCCUR
CLAIMS-MADE
DED RETENTION $
$PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG
$GENERAL AGGREGATE
$PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$MED EXP (Any one person)
$EACH OCCURRENCE
DAMAGE TO RENTED
$PREMISES (Ea occurrence)
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
POLICY PRO-
JECT LOC
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)
CANCELLATION
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
ACORD 25 (2016/03)
© 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
HIRED
AUTOS ONLY
6/24/2024
InterWest Insurance Services, LLC
License #0B01094
P.O. Box 8110
Chico CA 95927-8110
Patrica Garcia
916-609-8467
916-609-8467
[email protected]
License#: 0B01094
Natl Union Fire Ins Co of Pitt
19445
CCCSINC-01
Travelers Property Casualty Company of America
25674
CCCS, Inc. DBA: Corporate Construction Services
Corporate Construction Services, Inc.
5061 24th Street
Sacramento CA 95822
Philadelphia Indemnity Ins. Co.
18058
The Hanover Insurance Company
22292
786760668
A
X
1000000
X
300000
10000
1000000
2000000
X
Y
Y
GL3292144
9/1/2023
9/1/2024
2000000
A
1000000
X
X
X
Y
Y
CA4544796
9/1/2023
9/1/2024
B
X
6,000,000
X
Y
CUP6T16237523NF
9/1/2023
Y
9/1/2024
6,000,000
X
10,000
A
X
Y
WC025893624
9/1/2023
9/1/2024
1000000
1000000
1000000
C
D
Crime/Employee Theft
Lease/Rented Equipment
N
N
PHSD1824185
RHFA92697010
9/1/2023
9/1/2023
9/1/2024
9/1/2024
Limit
Limit
2,000,000
250,000
Certificate Holder is Additional Insured, Primary Wording applies, and a Waiver of Subrogation applies, per attached endorsements, if required by written contract.
Re: Steamers Phase II Steamers Building Exterior Building Repairs, 1110 Front St., Sacramento, CA The City of Sacramento its officials, employees, and volunteers Certificate holder is Additional Insured as respects Liability per the attached policy form/endorsement.
City of Sacramento
c/o EXIGIS LLC
P.O. Box 947
Murrieta CA 92564
CCCS, Inc.
National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, PA CA4544796
09/01/2023
09/01/2023
09/01/2024
5061 24th Street
Sacramento, CA 95822
CCCS, Inc.
CCCS, Inc.
CA4544796
CA4544796
National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, PA
09/01/2023
CCCS, Inc.
CA4544796
GL 329-21-44
GL 329-21-44
GL 329-21-44
forms a part of policy No. 329-21-44
issued to CCCS, INC
by NATIONAL UNION FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF PITTSBURGH, PA THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
AMENDMENT OF LIMITS OF INSURANCE
(Per Project or Per Location Aggregate Limit)
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
I. Your policy is amended to include either a Per Project General Aggregate Limit, a Per Location General Aggregate Limit or a Per Project and Per Location General Aggregate Limit. Please select only one of the following:
$[ ] Per Project General Aggregate Limit
$[ ] Per Location General Aggregate Limit
[X $] Per Project and Per Location General Aggregate Limit 2,000,000 IF NEITHER OF THESE BOXES ARE CHECKED, THIS ENDORSEMENT IS VOID. IF MORE THAN ONE OF THE THESE BOXES ARE CHECKED, THIS ENDORSEMENT IS VOID.
II. SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE , is amended to include the following:
1 . The Limits of Insurance and the rules below fix the most we will pay regardless of the number of:
a. Insureds;
b. Claims made or "suits" brought; or
c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". 2 . The General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of:
a. Medical expenses under Coverage C;
b. Damages under Coverage A, except damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the products-completed operations hazard"; and c. Damages under Coverage B.
3 . The Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "bodily injury" and "property damage" included in the "products-completed operations hazard".
4 . Subject to 2. above, the Personal and Advertising Injury Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage B for the sum of all damages because of all "personal and advertising injury" sustained by any one person or organization.
5 . Subject to 2. or 3. above, whichever applies, the Each Occurrence Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of:
a. Damages under Coverage A; and
b. Medical expenses under Coverage C
ENDORSEMENT
This endorsement, effective 12:01 A.M. 09/01/2023
86 681 (9/04) Page 2 of 2
be
cause of all "bodily injury" and "property damage" arising out of any one "occurrence". 6 . Subject to 5. above, the Damage to Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A because of "property damage" to any one premises, while rented to you, or in the case of damage by fire, while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner.
7 . Subject to 5. above, the Medical Expense Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage C for all medical expenses because of "bodily injury" sustained by any one person. 8 . Subject to 2., 4., 5., 6., and/or 7. above, the Per Project Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay under Coverages A, B, and C combined for the sum of:
a. Damages under Coverage A;
b. Damages under Coverage B; and
c. Medical Expenses under Coverage C
arising out of any single Project described above.
9 . Subject to 2., 4., 5., 6., and/or 7. above, the Per Location Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay under Coverages A, B, and C combined for the sum of:
a. Damages under Coverage A;
b. Damages under Coverage B; and
c. Medical expenses under Coverage C
arising out of the any single Location described above.
The Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part apply separately to each consecutive annual period and to any remaining period of less than 12 months, starting with the beginning of the policy period shown in the Declarations, unless the policy period is extended after issuance for an additional period of less than 12 months. In that case, the additional period will be deeme d part of the last preceding period for purposes of determining the Limits of Insurance.
III. The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations are deleted in their entirety and replaced by the Limits of Insurance set forth below.
Limits of Insurance
Ge
neral Aggregate Limit $ 15,0
00,000
Ea
ch Occurrence Limit $ 1,
000,000
Pr
oducts-Co
mpleted Operations Aggregate Limit $ 2,
000,000
Pe
rsonal & Advertising Injury Limit $ 1,
000,000
Da
mage to Premises Rented to You $ 30
0,000
Me
dical Expense Limit $ 10,0
00 Pe
r Project General Aggregate Limit, Per Location $ 2,
000,000
Gen
eral Aggregate Limit or Per
Project and Per Location General Aggregate Limit
IV . SECTION V - DEFINITIONS , is amended to include the following:
23. "Location" means premises involving the same or connecting lots, or premises whose connection is interrupted only by a street, roadway, waterway, or right-of-way railroad.
All other terms and conditions of this policy remain the same.
Authorized Representative or
Countersignature (in States Where
Applicable)
GL 329-21-44
09/01/2023
CCCS, Inc.
WC 025893624
Form Updated 6/11/2020
NOTE: Proposers must provide responses to the following items. Failure to provide a response to each of the items in this section may be grounds for rejection of the proposal.
1. LBE FIVE PERC
ENT (5%) PARTICIPAT ION
On April 3, 2012, the Sacra mento City Council adopted a Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Preference Program to prov
ide enhanced opportunities for the participation of local business enterprises (LBEs) in the City’s contracting and procurement activities. On November 19, 2013, C ity Council incre ased the LBE preference and a uthorized City departments to require minimum LBE participation levels in i ndividual contracts. Under City Code section 3.60.270 , when the bid specifications for a City contract establish a minimum participation level for LBEs, no bidd er on the contract
shall be considered responsive unless its bid meets the minimum LBE participation level required by the bid specifications.
The City has established a minimum 5% participation level for LBEs on this contract. Pursuant to City Code Section
3.60.270, no bidder on this contract shall be considered responsive unless its bid meets or exceeds this minimum
participation level. To qualify for
this requirement, bidders must either (a) be an LBE, or (b) subcontract with a qualified LBE.
Detailed information about this
program can be found at http://www.cityofsacramento.org/Finance/Procurement/ Contract-Ordinances
Local Business Enterprise means a business
enterprise, including but not limited to, a sole
proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, or other business entity that has a legitimate business presence in the city
or unincorporated county of Sacramento. Evid ence of legitimate business presence in the city or unincorporated county of Sacramento shall include:
1. Having a current City of Sacramento Business Operati on Tax or County of Sacramento Business License for at least twelve (12) consecutive months prior to submission of bid; and
2. Having either of the following types of offices or workspace operating legally within the city or unincorporated county of Sacramento for at least twelve (12) consecutive months prior to submission of bid:
a. The LBE’s principle business office or workspace; or b. The LBE’s regional, branch or satellite office with at least one full time employee located in the city or unincorporated county of Sacramento.
A. LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (LBE)
Is the firm submitting the bid qualified as a local business en terprise? Check the appropriate box below:
YES - the firm submitting the bid is qualified as a local business enterprise.
SUBCONTRACTING/SUPPLIERS
- The firm submitting the bid is qualified by utilizing subcontractors and/or suppliers who qualify as local business enterprises.
NO - the firm submitting the bi
d is not qualified as a local business enterprise.
If the response to the above is YES, provide the City of Sacramento Business Operations Tax Certificate Number and/or County
of Sacramento Business License Number:
__________________________________
If the response to the above is YES, provide a current copy of the City of Sacramento Business Oper ations Tax Certificate and/or County of Sacramento Business License.
If the response to the above is YES, provide business office or workspace address*:
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
* Address must be a physical address for the basis of location, this excludes P.O. Box addresses.
LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (LBE)
PARTICIPATION PROGRAM
132666
5061 24th St
Sacramento, CA 95822
SUBCONTRACTOR AND LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION FORM FOR PUBLIC PROJECTS OVER 250,000
THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SEALED BID PROPOSAL To be eligible for award of this contract, the bidder shall list the business entities used to attain the 5% LBE requirement. Additionally, the bidder shall list all other subcontractors who perform work, render service, or provide materials in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the total bid amount. In the case of bids for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, subcontractors whose subcontract value exceeds one -half of 1 percent of the total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, shall be listed. Estimated dollar values shall be provided for all work, services or materials listed. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. The failure to attain the 5% LBE participation or the inclusion of false information or the omission of required information will render the bid non -responsive.
COPY AND ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Prime Contractor Name
(REQUIRED) Prime Contractor DIR Registration #
Business Name Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) ☐ Subcontractor
☐ Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # DIR Registration # (10 digits) Address Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? City, State, Zip Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.
Email Address
Phone
Business Name Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) ☐ Subcontractor
☐ Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # DIR Registration # (10 digits) Address Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? City, State, Zip Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.
Email Address
Phone
I hereby certify that each subcontractor listed on this LBE Participation Form has been notified that it has been listed and has consented in writing to its name being submitted for this contract. The Prime Contractor also certifies that it will notify each subcontractor listed on this Form in writing if the contract award is made to the Prime Contractor, and will make all documentation relevant to the subcontractor and LBE participation available to City of Sacramento upon request. The Prime Contractor further certifies that all of the information contained in this Form is true and correct and acknowledges that the City will rely on the accuracy of this information in awarding the contract.
$
Signature (Principal of Firm) Title Date Total Bid Amount (including additive alternates if applicable) CCCS, INC DBA Corporate Construction Services
1000029330
A1 Fabrication & Welding
4730 Myrtle Ave, Suite D
Bill
[email protected]
916-349-8700
Yes
79,722.17
Structural steel.
Sacramento, CA 95841
1000655382
854324
CAP INSTALLATIONS, INC
831199
8310 BELVDERE AVENUE
Sacramento, CA 95826
David Loewen
[email protected]
(916) 387-0777
Yes
1000021023
38,023.00
Doors, Frames, hardware, and installation.
Director of Operations
6/12/2024
$787,941.30
SUBCONTRACTOR AND LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION FORM FOR PUBLIC PROJECTS OVER 250,000
THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SEALED BID PROPOSAL To be eligible for award of this contract, the bidder shall list the business entities used to attain the 5% LBE requirement. Additionally, the bidder shall list all other subcontractors who perform work, render service, or provide materials in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the total bid amount. In the case of bids for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, subcontractors whose subcontract value exceeds one -half of 1 percent of the total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, shall be listed. Estimated dollar values shall be provided for all work, services or materials listed. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. The failure to attain the 5% LBE participation or the inclusion of false information or the omission of required information will render the bid non -responsive.
COPY AND ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Prime Contractor Name
(REQUIRED) Prime Contractor DIR Registration #
Business Name Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) ☐ Subcontractor
☐ Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # DIR Registration # (10 digits) Address Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? City, State, Zip Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.
Email Address
Phone
Business Name Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) ☐ Subcontractor
☐ Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # DIR Registration # (10 digits) Address Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? City, State, Zip Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.
Email Address
Phone
I hereby certify that each subcontractor listed on this LBE Participation Form has been notified that it has been listed and has consented in writing to its name being submitted for this contract. The Prime Contractor also certifies that it will notify each subcontractor listed on this Form in writing if the contract award is made to the Prime Contractor, and will make all documentation relevant to the subcontractor and LBE participation available to City of Sacramento upon request. The Prime Contractor further certifies that all of the information contained in this Form is true and correct and acknowledges that the City will rely on the accuracy of this information in awarding the contract.
$
Signature (Principal of Firm) Title Date Total Bid Amount (including additive alternates if applicable) TDP
637561
6420 Freeport Blvd
Sacramento, CA 95822
Tim
[email protected]
916) 429-6995
1000006867
Yes
52,818.00
metal stud framing and drywall
CAPITAL COMMERCIAL FLOORING INC.
446458
3709 Bradview Dr
Sacramento, CA 95827
Jessica
[email protected]
(916) 569-1960
1000002274
Yes
15,600.00
polished concrete flooring.
Director of Operations
6/12/2024
787,941.30
SUBCONTRACTOR AND LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION FORM FOR PUBLIC PROJECTS OVER 250,000
THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SEALED BID PROPOSAL To be eligible for award of this contract, the bidder shall list the business entities used to attain the 5% LBE requirement. Additionally, the bidder shall list all other subcontractors who perform work, render service, or provide materials in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the total bid amount. In the case of bids for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, subcontractors whose subcontract value exceeds one -half of 1 percent of the total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, shall be listed. Estimated dollar values shall be provided for all work, services or materials listed. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. The failure to attain the 5% LBE participation or the inclusion of false information or the omission of required information will render the bid non -responsive.
COPY AND ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Prime Contractor Name
(REQUIRED) Prime Contractor DIR Registration #
Business Name Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) ☐ Subcontractor
☐ Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # DIR Registration # (10 digits) Address Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? City, State, Zip Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.
Email Address
Phone
Business Name Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) ☐ Subcontractor
☐ Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # DIR Registration # (10 digits) Address Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? City, State, Zip Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.
Email Address
Phone
I hereby certify that each subcontractor listed on this LBE Participation Form has been notified that it has been listed and has consented in writing to its name being submitted for this contract. The Prime Contractor also certifies that it will notify each subcontractor listed on this Form in writing if the contract award is made to the Prime Contractor, and will make all documentation relevant to the subcontractor and LBE participation available to City of Sacramento upon request. The Prime Contractor further certifies that all of the information contained in this Form is true and correct and acknowledges that the City will rely on the accuracy of this information in awarding the contract.
$
Signature (Principal of Firm) Title Date Total Bid Amount (including additive alternates if applicable)
ACOUSTICAL ENGINEERS OF CA
443001
11300 Sanders Dr Suite 12
Rancho Cordova, CA 95742
Don Glover
[email protected]
(916) 635-1415
1000002996
Yes
14,640.00
acoustical ceilings.
DFS Flooring
999046
10461 Old Placerville Rd
Sacramento, CA 95827
Brian
[email protected]
(916) 422-0677
1000006695
Yes
20,035.00
Flooring
Director of Operations
6/12/2024
787,941.30
SUBCONTRACTOR AND LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION FORM FOR PUBLIC PROJECTS OVER 250,000
THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SEALED BID PROPOSAL To be eligible for award of this contract, the bidder shall list the business entities used to attain the 5% LBE requirement. Additionally, the bidder shall list all other subcontractors who perform work, render service, or provide materials in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the total bid amount. In the case of bids for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, subcontractors whose subcontract value exceeds one -half of 1 percent of the total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, shall be listed. Estimated dollar values shall be provided for all work, services or materials listed. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. The failure to attain the 5% LBE participation or the inclusion of false information or the omission of required information will render the bid non -responsive.
COPY AND ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Prime Contractor Name
(REQUIRED) Prime Contractor DIR Registration #
Business Name Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) ☐ Subcontractor
☐ Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # DIR Registration # (10 digits) Address Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? City, State, Zip Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.
Email Address
Phone
Business Name Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) ☐ Subcontractor
☐ Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # DIR Registration # (10 digits) Address Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? City, State, Zip Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.
Email Address
Phone
I hereby certify that each subcontractor listed on this LBE Participation Form has been notified that it has been listed and has consented in writing to its name being submitted for this contract. The Prime Contractor also certifies that it will notify each subcontractor listed on this Form in writing if the contract award is made to the Prime Contractor, and will make all documentation relevant to the subcontractor and LBE participation available to City of Sacramento upon request. The Prime Contractor further certifies that all of the information contained in this Form is true and correct and acknowledges that the City will rely on the accuracy of this information in awarding the contract.
$
Signature (Principal of Firm) Title Date Total Bid Amount (including additive alternates if applicable) BM Lynn Painting
4324 Pinell St
Sacramento, CA 95838
Kent Leon
[email protected]
916-920-4000
627085
1000018159
Yes
28,480.00
Painting
Cal Air Systems
PW-LR-1001153209
No
158,600.00
Mechanical.
1080885
3987 Missouri Flat Rd Suite 340
Placerville, CA 95667
Trevor Haun
[email protected]
916-747-4792
Director of Operations
6/12/2024
787,941.30
SUBCONTRACTOR AND LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION FORM FOR PUBLIC PROJECTS OVER 250,000
THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SEALED BID PROPOSAL To be eligible for award of this contract, the bidder shall list the business entities used to attain the 5% LBE requirement. Additionally, the bidder shall list all other subcontractors who perform work, render service, or provide materials in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the total bid amount. In the case of bids for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, subcontractors whose subcontract value exceeds one -half of 1 percent of the total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, shall be listed. Estimated dollar values shall be provided for all work, services or materials listed. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. The failure to attain the 5% LBE participation or the inclusion of false information or the omission of required information will render the bid non -responsive.
COPY AND ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Prime Contractor Name
(REQUIRED) Prime Contractor DIR Registration #
Business Name Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) ☐ Subcontractor
☐ Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # DIR Registration # (10 digits) Address Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? City, State, Zip Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.
Email Address
Phone
Business Name Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) ☐ Subcontractor
☐ Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # DIR Registration # (10 digits) Address Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? City, State, Zip Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.
Email Address
Phone
I hereby certify that each subcontractor listed on this LBE Participation Form has been notified that it has been listed and has consented in writing to its name being submitted for this contract. The Prime Contractor also certifies that it will notify each subcontractor listed on this Form in writing if the contract award is made to the Prime Contractor, and will make all documentation relevant to the subcontractor and LBE participation available to City of Sacramento upon request. The Prime Contractor further certifies that all of the information contained in this Form is true and correct and acknowledges that the City will rely on the accuracy of this information in awarding the contract.
$
Signature (Principal of Firm) Title Date Total Bid Amount (including additive alternates if applicable) Capitol Commercial Plumbing
Loomis, CA 95650
Shyla Stahl
[email protected]
916-778-7744
6301 Angelo Court #4
PW-LR-1000964647
No
21,885.00
Plumbing
Ireland Electric
756222
1544 Santa Ana Ave #120
Sacramento, CA 95838
Enda
[email protected]
916-564-7300
1000039366
Yes
80,281.00
Electric
Director of Operations
6/12/2024
787,941.30
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire
MINI
MUM QUALIFICATIONS QUESTIONNAIRE
Sacr
amento City Code Section 3.60.020 authorizes the Sacramento City Council to adopt standard minimum qualifications for bidders on competitively bid public works construction projects, and requires, among other provisions, that a bidder meet such minimum qualifications at the time of bid opening in order to bid. On July 31, 2007, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 2007-574 establishing these standard minimum qualifications. Pursuant to City Code section 3.60.020, a bidder failing to meet these minimum qualifications at the time of bid opening shall not be considered a responsible bidder for purposes of bidding on the subject project.
All
bidders must demonstrate compliance with the minimum qualifications established by Resolution No. 2007-574 by completing all of the questions contained in this questionnaire. Bidder responses shall be limited to those operating business units, offices, branches and/or subsidiary divisions of the bidder that will be involved with the performance of any project work if awarded the contract. If a bidder answers “yes” to any single question, fails to submit a fully completed questionnaire, or submits false information, this will result in a determination that the minimum qualifications are not met, and the bidder shall not be considered a qualified bidder for purposes of bidding on this contract. If two or more entities submit a bid on a contract as a Joint Venture, each entity within the Joint Venture must separately meet these minimum qualifications for the Joint Venture to be considered a qualified bidder.
The City
of Sacramento (“City”) shall make its determination on the basis of the submitted questionnaire, as well as any relevant information that is obtained from others or as a result of investigation by the City.
While it is the intent of this questionnaire to assist the City in determining whether bidders possess the minimum qualifications necessary to submit bids on the City’s competitively bid public works construction contracts, the fact that a bidder submits a questionnaire demonstrating that it meets these minimum qualifications shall not in any way limit or affect the City’s ability to: (1) review other information contained in the bid submitted by the bidder, and additional relevant information, and determine whether the contractor is a responsive and/or responsible bidder; or (2) establish pre-qualification requirements for a specific contract or contracts.
By
submitting this questionnaire, the bidder consents to the disclosure of its questionnaire answers: (i) to third parties for purposes of verification and investigation; (ii) in connection with any protest, challenge or appeal of any action taken by the City; and (iii) as required by any law or regulation, including without limitation the California Public Records Act (Calif. Gov’t Code sections 6250 et seq.). Each questionnaire must be signed under penalty of perjury in the manner designated at the end of the form, by an individual who has the legal authority to bind the bidder submitting the questionnaire. If any information provided by a bidder becomes inaccurate, the bidder shall immediately notify the City and provide updated accurate information in writing, under penalty of perjury.
_______________________________________________________________________________ FO
R CITY CLERK USE ONLY
RESOL
UTION NO.: 2007-574
DATE
ADOPTED: July 31, 2007
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire
QUESTI ONNAIRE
NOTICE:
For firms that maintain other operating business units, offices, branches and/or subsidiary divisions that will not be involved with the performance of any project work if the firm is awarded the contract, references hereafter to “your firm” shall mean only those operating business units, offices, branches and/or subsidiary divisions that will be involved with the performance of any project work.
All of the follow
ing questions regarding “your firm” refer to the firm (corporation, partnership or sole proprietor) submitting this questionnaire, as well as any firm(s) with which any of your firm’s owners, officers, or partners are or have been associated as an owner, officer, partner or similar position within the last five years The firm submitting this questionnaire shall not be considered a responsible bidder if the answer to any of these questions is “yes”, or if the firm submits a questionnaire that is not fully completed or contains false information.
1. Classification &
Expiration Date(s) of California Contractor’s License Number(s) held by firm:
________________________________________________________________
2. Has a c
ontractor's license held by your firm and/or any owner, officer or partner of your firm been revoked at anytime in the last five years?
Yes No
3. Within the las
t five years, has a surety firm completed a contract on your firm’s behalf, or paid for completion of a contract to which your firm was a party, because your firm was considered to be in default or was terminated for cause by the project owner? Yes No
4. At the time of
submitting this minimum qualifications questionnaire, is your firm ineligible to bid on or be awarded a public works contract, or perform as a subcontractor on a public works contract, pursuant to either California Labor Code section 1777.1 (prevailing wage violations) or Labor Code section 1777.7 (apprenticeship violations)?
Yes No
5. At any tim
e during the last five years, has your firm, or any of its owners, officers or partners been convicted of a crime involving the awarding of a contract for a government construction project, or the bidding or performance of a government contract?
Yes
No
_______________________________________________________________________________
FOR CITY CLERK USE ONLY
RESOLUTI
ON NO.: 2007-574
DATE ADOPT
ED: July 31, 2007
Class B - 826872 - 10/31/2025
x
x
x
x
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire
6. Answer either subsection A or B, as applicable:
A. Your firm has completed three or more government construc tion contracts in Sacramento County within the last five years: Within those five years, has your firm been assessed liquidated damages on three or more government construction contracts in Sacramento County for failure to complete contract work on time?
NOTE:
If there is a pending administrative or court action challenging the assessment of liquidated damages on a government contract within the last five years, you need not include that contract in responding to this question.
Yes No Not applicable
OR
B. Your firm has not completed at least three government construction contracts in Sacramento County within the last five years: Within the last three years, has your firm been assessed liquidated damages on three or more government construction contracts for failure to complete contract work on time?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action challenging an assessment of liquidated damages on a government contract within the last three years, you need not include that contract in responding to this question.
Yes No Not applicable
7. In the last three years has your firm been debarred from bidding on, or completing, any government agency or public works construction contract for any reason?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action challenging a debarment, you need not include that debarment in responding to this question.
Yes No
8. Has CAL OSHA assessed a total of three or more penalties against your firm for any “serious” or “willful” violation occurring on construction projects performed in Sacramento County at any time within the last three years?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.
Yes No
_______________________________________________________________________________
FOR CITY CLERK USE ONLY
RESOLUTION NO.: 2007-574
x
x
x
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire
DATE ADOPTED: July 31, 2007
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire
9. Answer either subsection A or B, as preferred:
A. In the last three years has your firm had a three year average Workers’ Compensation experience modification rate exceeding 1.1?
Yes No
OR
B. In the last three years has your firm had a three-year average incident rate for total lost workday cases exceeding 10?
NOTE: Incident rates represent the number of lost workday cases per 100 full-time workers and is to be calculated as: (N/EH) x 200,000, where
N = number of lost workday cases (as defined by the U.S. Dept. of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics)
EH = total hours worked by all employees during the calendar year 200,000 = base for 100 equivalent full-time working (working 40 hours per week,
50 weeks per year)
Yes No
10. In the past three years, has the federal EPA, Region IX or a California Air Quality Management District or Regional Water Quality Control Board assessed penalties three or more times, either against your firm, or against the project owner for a violation resulting in whole or in part from any action or omission by your firm on a project on which your firm was a contractor in Sacramento County?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.
Yes No
_______________________________________________________________________________
FOR CITY CLERK USE ONLY
RESOLUTION NO.: 2007-574
x
x
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire
DATE ADOPTED: July 31, 2007
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire
11. In the past three years, has the federal EPA, Region IX or a California Air Quality Management District or Regional Water Quality Control Board assessed a single penalty of $100,000 or more, either against your firm, or against the project owner for a violation resulting in whole or in part from any action or omission by your firm on a project on which your firm was the contractor in Sacramento County?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.
Yes No
12. In the past three years, have civil penalties been assessed against your firm pursuant to California Labor Code 1777.7 for violation of California public works apprenticeship requirements, three or more times?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.
Yes No
13. In the past three years, has a public agency in California withheld contract payments or assessed penalties against your firm for violation of public works prevailing wage requirements, three or more times?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a withholding or penalty assessment, you need not include that withholding or penalty assessment in responding to this question.
Yes No
14. Has your firm been assessed penalties for violation of public works prevailing wage requirements in California, in an aggregate amount for the past three years of $50,000 or more?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.
Yes No
_______________________________________________________________________________
FOR CITY CLERK USE ONLY
RESOLUTION NO.: 2007-574
DATE ADOPTED: July 31, 2007
x
x
x
x
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire
VERIFI CATION AND SIGNATURE
I, the undersi
gned, certify and declare that I have read all the foregoing answers to this Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire, and know their contents. The matters stated in these Questionnaire answers are true of my own knowledge and belief, except as to those matters stated on information and belief, and as to those matters I believe them to be true. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.
Signed at _______________________________________, on _________________. (
Location) (Date)
Signature: _________________________________
Print name: ________________________________
Title: _____________________________________
NOTE: If two or
more entities submit a bid on a contract as a Joint Venture, each entity within the Joint Venture must submit a separate Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire. _______________________________________________________________________________
FOR CIT
Y CLERK USE ONLY
RESOLUTI
ON NO.: 2007-574
DATE ADOPTED: July 31, 2007
5061 24th St Sacramento, CA 95822
6/12/2024
Colin Knight
Director of Operations
CITY OF SACRAMENTO Drug-Free Policy and Affidavit
DRUG-FREE WO
RKPLACE POLICY AND AFFIDAVIT
BID PROPOSAL MAY BE DECLARED NONRESPONSIVE IF THIS FORM (COMPLETED) IS NOT ATTACHED.
Pursuant to City Council Resolution CC90-498 dated 6/26/90 the following is required.
The under
signed contractor certifies that it a nd all subcontractors performing under this Agreement will provide a drug-free workplace by:
1. Publish
ing a "Drug -Free Workplace" statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the contractor's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition.
2. Establis
hing a Drug-Free Awareness Program to inform employees about:
a. The dangers
of drug abuse in the workplace.
b. The contractor's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace. c. Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance program. d. The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace.
3. Notify em
ployees that as a condition of employment under this Agreement, employees will be expected to:
a. Abide b
y the terms of the statement.
b. Notify the employer of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace.
4. Making i
t a requirement that each employee to be engaged in the performance of the Agreement be given a copy on the "Drug- Free Workplace" statement.
5. Taking one
of the following appropriate actions, within thirty (30) days of receiving notice from an employee or otherwise receiving such notice, that said employee has received a drug conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace:
a. Taking a
ppropriate disciplinary action against such an employee, up to and including termination; or b. Requiring such employee to participate satisfactorily in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for su ch purposes by a federal, state, or local health, law enforcement or other appropriate agency. * I cert
ify that no person employed by this company, corporation, or business has been convicted of any criminal drug statute v iolation on any job site or project where this company, corporation or business was performing was within three years of the date of m y signature below.
EXCEPT
ION:
Date Violat ion Type Place of Occurrence
If addit
ional space is required use back of this form.
* The abo
ve statement will also be incorporate d as a part of eac h subcontract agreement for any and all subcontractors selected for performance on this project.
IN THE EV
ENT THIS COMPANY, CORPORATION, OR BUSINESS IS AWARDED THIS CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT, AS A RESULT OF THIS BID; THE CONTRACTOR WITH HIS/HER SIGNATURE REPRESENTS TO THE CITY THAT THE INFORMATION DISCLOSED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS COMPLETE AND ACCURATE. IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT FALSE CERTIFICATION IS SUBJECT TO IMMEDIATE TERMINATION BY THE CITY.
The Repr
esentations Made Herein On This Document Are Made Under Penalty Of Perjury.
CONTRACTO
R'S NAME:
BY: Date:
Signat ure Title
Effects
of violations: a. Suspension of payments under the Agreement. b . Suspension or termination of the Agreement. c . Suspension or debarment of the contractor from receiving any Agreement from the City of Sacramento for a period not to exceed five years.
CCCS, INC DBA Corporate Construction Services
Director of Operations
6/12/2024
ADDENDU
M #2
B24014541002
WINN PARK BUILDING COLD SHELL REMODEL
May 20, 2024
To all P
otential Bidders:
Attached hereto are addenda items, which shall be incorporated into the Invitation for Bid for above noted project. These changes shall be considered as part of the original documents, as if they were originally provided therein, and as such shall be used as contractual documents. All other terms, conditions, and specifications of the Invitation for Bid remain unchanged. Bidders must acknowledge receipt of this addendum prior to the hour and date specified in the bid request, or as amended, by one of the following methods:
(a) By acknowledging receipt, in the proposal response submitted; or (b) By separate letter which includes a reference to the Invitation for Bid and addendum number.
Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in one of the above methods and cause acknowledgment to be received by the City Clerk Office at 915 I Street, Sacramento, CA 95814, prior to the hour and date specified in the Request for Proposal, may result in rejection of your offer. If by virtue of this addendum you decide to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by letter, provided such letter makes reference to the Invitation for Bid number and this addendum, and is received prior to the opening hour and date specified.
For any questions related to this Addendum, contact me at [email protected] or at 916.808.4011 for contractual questions.
Very truly yours,
Kirsten Wise
Contracts & Compliance Specialist
1. Q: When is the project scheduled to start construction? a. Construction should start in summer 2024.
2. Q: Is a License A or B required for the Winn Park Building Cold Shell Remodel project? a. License B is required.
3. Q: Where is available parking? How can I bring materials onto the jobsite? a. Costs of parking will be incurred by GC, and permits are available through City Parking division. Materials brought onto the Park site, with temporary parking (30 min. max). Personal vehicles should not be parked on the park site, except for badged work trucks.
i. Note: Any damage to existing concrete sidewalks is up to the GC to repair if vehicles or large trucks drive onto the project site. Special care should be taken for large truck deliveries, such as HVAC unit cranes, concrete trucks (long pump recommended), etc.
4. Q: Will there be a second site visit opportunity?
a. Yes, there will be an optional second site visit on 6/5/24 at 9:00 am.
5. Q: Are permits available?
a. Permit is currently under review and the permit set will be distributed through a future addendum.
6. Q: Do you know who the end user will be?
a. The tenant will be the Latino Center of Art & Culture. There will also be ongoing events such as Wednesdays at Winn that will continue during construction. GC should notify City if any work is happening outside of working hours.
7. Are there available restrooms?
a. In building restrooms can be used; GC is responsible for cleaning and maintenance during construction. It is up to the selected GC if port-o-lets are provided, but they should be inside the fence and locked after hours.
8. There is an existing temporary fence up. Will that remain in place? a. The temporary fence will be removed, the GC is responsible for temporary fencing for this project. Construction gates should be locked and keep building secure throughout construction.
9. Q: Is there fire alarm or sprinkler scope of work? Also, what about data/communications scope?
a. This project is exempt from fire alarm and sprinklers. Data scope is included on the electrical sheets.
10. What is the current condition of the roof?
a. A Tremco TPA roof was installed during the recent cold shell. New penetrations through the roof need to be done in accordance with manufacture’s guidelines to maintain the current warranty.
11. It is ok to bring my pet to the job site?
a. No dogs or pets will be allowed on the site during construction.
12. Q: What bonds are required? Does this project require prevailing wages?
a. Bid bonds, performance bond and payment bond are required. Proper insurance should also be included in your bid. Yes, prevailing wages are required.
Mandatory Pre Bid Sign In Sheet Attached for reference.
THE BID DUE DATE HAS BEEN EXTENDED TO 6/12/2024. LAST DAY FOR QUESTIONS IS 5/31/2024 BY 4 PM.
ALL BIDS ARE DUE TO THE CITY CLERK BY 2:00 PM.
ALL PORTIONS OF THE PROJECT REMAIN UNCHANGED
ADDENDUM #3
B24014541002
WINN PARK BUILDING COLD SHELL REMODEL
June 7, 2024
To all Potential Bidders:
Attached hereto are addenda items, which shall be incorporated into the Invitation for Bid for above noted project. These changes shall be considered as part of the original documents, as if they were originally provided therein, and as such shall be used as contractual documents. All other terms, conditions, and specifications of the Invitation for Bid remain unchanged. Bidders must acknowledge receipt of this addendum prior to the hour and date specified in the bid request, or as amended, by one of the following methods:
(a) By acknowledging receipt, in the proposal response submitted; or (b) By separate letter which includes a reference to the Invitation for Bid and addendum number.
Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in one of the above methods and cause acknowledgment to be received by the City Clerk Office at 915 I Street, Sacramento, CA 95814, prior to the hour and date specified in the Request for Proposal, may result in rejection of your offer. If by virtue of this addendum you decide to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by letter, provided such letter makes reference to the Invitation for Bid number and this addendum, and is received prior to the opening hour and date specified.
For any questions related to this Addendum, contact me at [email protected] or at 916.808.4011 for contractual questions.
Very truly yours,
Kirsten Wise
Contracts & Compliance Specialist
ADDENDUM #3- Winn Park Tenant Improvement – 06/07/24
1. Q: Is the permit set available?
a. Yes, see Exhibit F, sent as a separate PDF document.
2. Q: Should I include exterior paint in the proposal?
a. Include paint scope as outlined on exterior elevations. Care should be taken to minimize peeling or scraping paint to avoid exposing lead-containing paint. This paint has been encapsulated during the cold shell.
3. Q: Regarding keynote 08:MG2 on sheet A201, what mechanical screen was pre- approved on COM 2019989?
a. The manufacturer is Architectural Louvers, the model is V4JSD. This is to be rotated 90 degrees to provide vertical louvers. Model and color to be confirmed through submittal process.
4. Q: Is GPR scan required for new penetrations?
a. Yes, GPR scan will be required but paid for by City. The City will hire an outside consultant for all special inspections and this cost should not be included in the proposal. The contractor is responsible for requesting inspections when needed.
5. Q: Why is door I19 (East door at intermediate level) being replaced? a. The existing door is too short to meet current code requirements. A new door and header are needed, see 2/S5.2 for more detail. Shop drawings for temporary shoring of glass block will be required. Preserve existing materials and hardware as outlined in the architectural sheets.
6. Q: Do bids need to be submitted by hand or can we upload them to planet bids? a. All bids must be delivered or mailed to the city clerks office. This must be opened publicly.
7. Q: Are any photos available of the roof?
a. Yes, see Exhibits A – D.
8. Q: SC-1. Will they accept us grinding the concrete (CSP 2) and applying the Vocomp 20 concrete sealer or do they want a polished concrete finish? If they are, how do they want us to handle the cracks and divots in the concrete? a. Grind existing concrete smooth and apply the self-leveling concrete topping (Ardex K520, or Equal), and polish, as per 03 35 43. Fill divots with non-shrink, non-staining grout prior to applying the concrete topping.
9. Basement Bathroom sheet vinyl will need to be replaced due to underground plumbing for the new breakroom. There is no spec for sheet vinyl. Can you please provide an SV spec?
a. Contractor shall propose a product that matches as close as possible to existing product and submit samples for review.
10. Are the exposed concrete ceilings and electrical conduit to be painted? a. Yes, concrete decks, walls above ceiling level and conduits at Level 01 shall receive paint (P2), per AI601.
11. See sheet M101. How will the 6” exhaust pipe from the Janitor’s closet be finished on Level 1?
a. See Exhibit E.
Exhibit A
Exhibit B
Exhibit C
Exhibit D
Form Version: 6/15 © 2015 Architectural Nexus, Inc. Printed: 7 June 2024 11:56 AM T:\2023\23016 City of Sac_Winn Park TI\06 Document Record\6.5 Bid Docs\6.5.1 Addenda\Addendum 001 - Furring Walls at Exhaust Duct\Addendum 01 - Narrative.docx Addendum Page 1 of 1
ADD #001
ARCHITECTURAL NEXUS, Inc
archnexus.com
SALT LAKE CITY
2505 East Parleys Way
Salt Lake City, Utah 84109
T 801.924.5000
SACRAMENTO
930 R Street
Sacramento, California 95811
T 916.443.5911
ISSUE DATE: June 7, 2024 RESPONSE TO: Clarifications
PROJECT: Winn Park Tenant Improvement
1616 28th Street
Sacramento, CA
ARCHITECT’S
PROJECT #:
23016
OWNER: City of Sacramento
PAGES: Narrative (1) + Drawings (1) = 2
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bid Documents as noted below. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject the Bidder to disqualification. This Addendum includes all attachments noted, included herein by reference.
SPECIFICATION AMENDMENTS:
NONE
DRAWING AMENDMENTS:
D1. Architectural:
Item # Sheet(s) Drawing Amendment
D1.01 A102 Level 01 Floor
Plan
Add furring walls (S3G assembly), to enclose the 6” diameter exhaust duct penetrating the floor at level 01 and exhausting through roof.
Name, Title Phone Email Date
10-31-2
5 Miguel Cortes, Project Manager
916.642.8431
[email protected]
6.7.2024
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
CR
CR
CG CG CG
CG
CG
CG
CG
CG
CG
CG
CG
CG
CG
KB
KB
CG CG
CR
1 1
2 2
A A
B B
(E) HALL
(E) ENTRY LOBBY
(E) UTILITY CLOSET
(E) ACCESSIBLE
TOILET
11 12
13 I15
(E)14
DN
7' - 9 1/2"
41' - 0"
41' - 0"
(NO TENANT
ACCESS)
02:DM1
02:DL1
02:AL1
02:EP2
02:FRP
1 2
A A
B
132 SF
OPEN OFFICE /
RECEPT.
018
755 SF
GALLERY / EVENT
SPACE
014
75 SF
(E) UTILITY CLOSET
013
12 11
13 I15I15
I19 UP
81 SF
(E) ENTRY LOBBY
011
140 SF
(E) ACCESSIBLE
TOILET
012
DN
(N) CASED OPENING
32 SF
(E) HALL
I019
6' - 0"
10' - 2"
4' - 9"
9' - 9"
1 2
A
B
A6
A301
A6
A301
D6
A301
D6
A301
D3
A301
D3
A301
G
G
G
S6
A201
A5
A201
C5
A202
A6
A202
C6
E2 F G F
E2
F
G
F
E1
E1 E2
E2
E1
E1
H
S3
S3
6' - 4 5/8"
A251
B2
B4
02:FD1
09:FR1
02:AL1
09:PR1
09:PR1
03:FP1
08:DD1
A4
A601
___ ___
7' - 2" +/-
32:MF1
05:RL1
02:AS1
08:ED1
CLEAR
5' - 3"
ALIGN
10:AE1
09:PR1
G
G
G
G
VIF
7' - 4 1/2"
A3
A501
___ ___A4
A501
___ ___
4"
6"
8"
4"
07:MF9
TYP.
05:AI1
E3
A701
C3
A501
C4
A501
G
09:PR1
09:PR1
10:FC2
A251 D2
8"
TYP.
10:KB1
A6
A601
___ ___
10:KB1
S3
SC-1
S3G
10:PT2
A2
A502
TYP.
10:FS1
A6
A502
1 TYP.
10:FS1
A6
A502
1 1' - 2"
1' - 0"
3 S3G
4' - 0"
A. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THEIR
COMPATIBILITY WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE
DISCREPANCIES WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO THE
COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.
B. ALL NEW WALL ASSEMBLIES ARE CONTINUOUS TO BOTTOM OF
DECK UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
C. PLAN WALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO GRID LINE OR FACE OF WALL STRUCTURE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. "CLEAR" DIMENSIONS
ARE TO FACE OF WALL FINISH.
D. WHERE THE FINISH SCHEDULE OR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS CALL
FOR TILE, REPLACE GYPSUM BOARD SHOWN IN THE WALL'S
ASSEMBLY WITH TILE BACKER BOARD WHERE TILE OCCURS.
REPLACE OTHER GYPSUM BOARD SHOWN IN THAT WALL'S
ASSEMBLY WITH MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD WHERE
NO TILE OCCURS.
E. PROVIDE BACKING / SUPPORT FOR ALL MOUNTED FIXTURES,
EQUIPMENT, CASEWORK, AND/OR SYSTEMS FURNITURE.
COORDINATE WITH FLOOR PLANS, AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
PRIOR TO THE COVERING OF STUD FRAMING. REFER TO
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS WHERE APPLICABLE,
OTHERWISE REFER TO DETAILS ON A700SHEET SERIES.
F. SEE CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION.
G. SEE G SERIES SHEETS FOR WALL TYPES AND TYPICAL
ACCESSIBILITY CLEARANCE AND COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS,
REGULATORY PLAN INFORMATION; INCLUDING RATED ASSEMBLY
EXTENTS, OCCUPANCY AND EGRESS SYSTEMS.
H. SEE A100SERIES DIMENSIONAL CONTROL PLANS FOR
ALIGNMENT / POSITION OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND OTHER
KEY DIMENSIONS.
I. WHERE NEW CONSTRUCTION INTERFACES WITH EXISTING,
PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY TO MATCH ORIGINAL
CONDITION.
J. WHERE PROVIDED, DOOR AND WINDOW DIMENSIONS ARE TO
EDGE OF OPENING. OPENING DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL.
CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DIMENSIONS OF ALL ROUGH
OPENINGS AND ACTUAL FRAME SIZES.
K. WHERE DOOR LOCATIONS ARE NOT DIMENSIONED, SEE DETAILS REFERENCED IN DOOR SCHEDULE BY SPECIFIC CONDITION.
OTHERWISE, THE HINGE SIDE OF DOOR ROUGH OPENINGS SHALL
BE LOCATED 4" FROM THE ADJACENT PERPENDICULAR WALL,
SUBJECT TO MAINTENANCE OF REQUIRED ADA CLEARANCES
REFERED IN THE G700SHEET SERIES.
L. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS.
M. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SURVEY SITE THOROUGHLY FOR
ALL UNUSED EXISTING OPENINGS IN CONCRETE WALLS & FLOOR
SLAB TO REMAIN EXPOSED TO BE INFILLED. NOT ALL UNUSED
OPENINGS HAVE BEEN NOTED ON FLOOR PLANS. SEE FINISH
SCHEDULE & STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDTIONAL
INFORMATION.
GENERAL NOTES -
FLOOR PLANS
LEGEND
NOTE: HATCHING ANGLES MAY VARY DUE TO ANGLE OF WALL DRAWN, WHILE HATCHING PATTERN REMAINS SIMILAR. SEE ASSEMBLY SHEET
FOR WALL ASSEMBLY TYPES
(E) CONCRETE SLAB DEMO
(E) CONCRETE WALL TO REMAIN
(E) FRAMED WALL TO REMAIN
(N) GYP BD @ (E) FRAMED WALL
(N) METAL FRAMED WALL
(E) WALL TO BE REMOVED
CG (N) CORNER GUARD
KB (E) KNOX BOX TO BE REINSTALLED
CR (N) CARD READER
(E) CONCRETE SLAB DEMO, REINSTALL SHEET VINYL
1/4" = 1'-0"A102
A6 LEVEL 01 FLOOR PLAN -DEMOLITION
1/4" = 1'-0"A102
A4 LEVEL 01 FLOOR PLAN -NEW
DATE:
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
NEXUS PROJ. #:
AGENCY APPROVAL
123456
E
D
C
B
A
Original drawings remain the property
of the Architect and as such the
Architect retains total ownership and
control. The design represented by
these drawings is sold to the client for
a one time use, unless otherwise
agreed upon in writing by the Architect.
© ARCH NEXUS All Rights Reserved
Architectural NEXUS, Inc.
930 R Street
Sacramento, California 95811
T 916.443.5911
http://www.archnexus.com
STAMP
6/7/2024 11:53:48 AM
Autodesk Docs://23016 City of Sacramento Winn Park TI/ARCH-23016-Winn Park TI -22.rvt LEVEL 01
FLOOR PLAN
SL
23016
12/28/2023
100%
CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS
A102
MC
1616 28th Street, Sacramento, CA 95816
City Of Sacramento, Department Of Public Works
Winn Park Tenant Improvement
KEYNOTE LEGEND
TAG KEYNOTE TEXT
02:AL1 EXISTING ACCESSIBLE LIFT TO REMAIN
02:AS1 (E) ABANDONED NO ACCESS STAIRWAY TO
REMAIN
02:DL1 DEMOLISH (E) WASTE DROP TO BASEMENT
PER PLUMBING DRAWINGS. PREPARE FOR
RELOCATION, AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING
SANITARY VENT LINE
02:DM1 (E) DOOR AND METAL SURROUND TO BE
REMOVED
02:EP2 (E) ELECTRICAL PANELS, REFER TO
ELECTRICAL PLANS
02:FD1 (E) DRINKING FOUNTAIN. ADJUST HEIGHT IF
REQUIRED AFTER INSTALLATION OF (N)
FLOORING
02:FRP REMOVE (E) FRP PANEL & GYP BOARD FOR
WASTE DROP RELOCATION
03:FP1 PATCH HOLES IN FLOOR, TYP, REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL PLAN FOR FLOOR BOX
LOCATIONS
05:AI1 INFILL ALL GAPS BETWEEN TOP LANDING &
EXTERIOR WALL WITH ANGLE IRON PAINTED
TO MATCH EXISTING BUILDING. ALL GAPS
>1/2" TO BE FILLED
05:RL1 (N) ALUMINUM ROOF ACCESS LADDER WITH
A SECURITY PANEL, PAINT TO MATCH (E)
ACCENT GREEN CONCRETE
07:MF9 EXTERIOR DRIP EDGE FLASHING ABOVE
BEAM, 18 GA. 4X ANGLE
08:DD1 (N) DOOR PAIR TO REPLACE (E) NON CODE
COMPLIANT PAIR. EXTERIOR DECORATIVE
METAL CLADDING TO MATCH (E) DOOR.
08:ED1 (N) EXIT DEVICES ON (E) DOOR AND (N)
LOCKS (REMOVE BLANK ESCUTCHEONS)
09:FR1 (N) FRP PANEL AND SUBSTRATE AT WASTE
DROP RELOCATION, MATCH IN KIND
09:PR1 PAINT ALL RAILINGS- 1 COAT PRIMER, 2
COATS PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING., TYP.
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR
10:AE1 INSTALL SIGN READING "THIS IS NOT AN
ACCESSIBLE EXIT"
10:FC2 (N) SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER
CABINET
10:FS1 PROVIDE (N) FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLY
SIGN/ STENCILS AT (E) FIRE RATED WALLS
10:KB1 RELOCATE (E) KNOX BOX TO 5'-0" MAX AFF.
PATCH HOLES AT FORMER MOUNTING
LOCATION
10:PT2 (N) 24" X 36" TOILET PARTITION PANEL TO
INFILL (E) WINDOW. MATCH (E) HADRIAN INC
PARTITION SYSTEM
32:MF1 (N) 7'-0" TALL ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCING
1 1
# Date Revision
1 3.8.2024 Cycle 1 Review
3 6.7.2024 Addendum 001
10-31-2
5 PROJECT MANUAL
PROJECT NO: AN 23016
1616 28TH STREET
SACRAMENTO, CA 95816
CITY OF SACRAMENTO
WINN PARK TI
100% DESIGN DEVELOPMENT
AUGUST 24, 2023
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
11.30.2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS- Winn Park TI 00 01 10 - 0
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01 10 00 Summary
Section 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures
Section 01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedures
Section 01 29 00 Payment Procedures
Section 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination
Section 01 32 00 Construction Progress Documentation
Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures
Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements
Section 01 42 00 References
Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements
Section 01 73 00 Execution
Section 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal
Section 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures and Warranty Form
Section 01 77 10 Certificate of Compliance
Section 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data
Section 01 78 39 Project Record Documents
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS - PAGE COUNT 00 01 10 – 1
SECTION 00 01 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTIONS PAGES
PROJECT FILES
NOT USED
COVER & TABLE OF CONTENTS
00 01 10 - Table of Contents - Page Count .................................................................................................. 1 DIVISION 00 — PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
NOT USED
DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 74 19 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL ........................................... 6 DIVISION 02 — EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 41 19 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION ..................................................................................................... 6 02 41 26 - SELECTIVE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION ............................................................................ 4 DIVISION 03 — CONCRETE
03 20 00 - CONCRETE REINFORCING ................................................................................................... 2 03 30 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE .............................................................................................. 14 03 35 43 - POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING ...................................................................................... 2 DIVISION 04 — MASONRY
04 23 00 - GLASS UNIT MASONRY ........................................................................................................ 3 DIVISION 05 — METALS
05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ........................................................................................ 10 05 40 00 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING ..................................................................................... 8 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS ........................................................................................................ 7 05 52 13 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS ................................................................................................... 5 DIVISION 06 — WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
06 10 53 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY ........................................................................... 2 06 41 16 - PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS ........................................... 8 DIVISION 07 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 01 50 - ROOFING PATCH & REPAIR ................................................................................................. 5 07 21 00 - THERMAL INSULATION ........................................................................................................ 2 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS .................................................................................................................... 8 DIVISION 08 — OPENINGS
08 11 13 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES ........................................................................... 7 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE 231116 .................................................................................................. 15 08 88 16 - VISION CONTROL GLAZING ................................................................................................ 4 08 91 26 - DOOR LOUVERS ..................................................................................................................... 3 DIVISION 09 — FINISHES
09 22 16 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING .............................................................................. 7 09 29 00 - GYPSUM BOARD ..................................................................................................................... 5 09 51 13 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS .......................................................................................... 5 09 65 00 - RESILIENT FLOORING ........................................................................................................... 4 09 65 13 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES ................................................................................ 3 SEE PAGE 00 01 10-0
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS - PAGE COUNT 00 01 10 – 2
09 68 13 - TILE CARPETING .................................................................................................................... 5 09 91 23 - INTERIOR PAINTING .............................................................................................................. 8 DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES
10 14 23 - PANEL SIGNAGE ..................................................................................................................... 3 10 44 13 - FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS ............................................................................................. 3 DIVISION 11 — EQUIPMENT
NOT USED
DIVISION 12 — FURNISHINGS
12 36 61.16 - SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS .............................................................................. 3 DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
NOT USED
DIVISION 14 — CONVEYING EQUIPMENT
NOT USED
DIVISION 20 — MECHANICAL SUPPORT
NOT USED
DIVISION 21 — FIRE SUPPRESSION
NOT USED
DIVISION 22 — PLUMBING
22 01 00 - Operation and Maintenance of Plumbing ................................................................................... 4 22 05 00 - Common Work Results for Plumbing ...................................................................................... 14 22 05 23 - General Duty Valves For Plumbing ............................................................................................ 1 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports For Plumbing Piping and Equipment ..................................................... 2 22 05 53 - Identification For Plumbing Piping and Equipment ................................................................... 3 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation General Requirements ............................................................................... 3 22 07 19 - Plumbing Piping Insulation ........................................................................................................ 5 22 11 16 - Domestic Water Piping ............................................................................................................... 3 22 13 16 - Sanitary Waste and Vent ............................................................................................................ 5 22 13 19 - Sanitary Waste Piping Specialities ............................................................................................. 2 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures ....................................................................................................................... 2 DIVISION 23 — HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
23 01 00 - Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems ......................................................................... 3 23 05 00 - Common Work Results For HVAC .......................................................................................... 11 23 05 13 - Common Motor Requirements For HVAC ................................................................................ 2 23 05 30 - Hangers and Support For HVAC Ductwork ............................................................................... 2 23 05 53 - Identification For HVAC Piping and Equipment ....................................................................... 3 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing ............................................................................................... 4 23 07 00 - HVAC Insulation ........................................................................................................................ 3 23 07 13 - Duct Insulation ........................................................................................................................... 2 23 07 19 - HVAC Piping Insulation ............................................................................................................. 2 23 09 23 - Direct Digital Control Systems For HVAC .............................................................................. 26 23 23 00 - Refrigerant Piping ....................................................................................................................... 4 23 31 13 - Metal Ducts ................................................................................................................................. 5 23 31 16 - Flexible Ducts ............................................................................................................................. 2 23 33 13 - Dampers ...................................................................................................................................... 2 23 33 23 - Turning Vanes ............................................................................................................................ 1 23 33 43 - Flexible Connectors .................................................................................................................... 1
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS - PAGE COUNT 00 01 10 – 3
23 33 53 - Duct Liner ................................................................................................................................... 1 DIVISION 25 — INTEGRATED AUTOMATION
NOT USED
DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL
26 05 19 - LOW – VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ...................... 6 26 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS .......................................... 4 26 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS .............................................. 5 26 05 33 - RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ................................................... 7 26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ............................................................... 5 26 09 33 - DISTRIBUTED DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM .............................................. 15 26 28 19 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES .......................................................................................................... 3 26 51 00 - INTERIOR LIGHTING .............................................................................................................. 4 26 56 00 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING ............................................................................................................ 3 DIVISION 27 — COMMUNICATIONS
27 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS .................................................. 12 27 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ............................. 6 27 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ................................. 5 27 05 33 - CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ............................ 4 27 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ................................................... 4 27 15 00 - COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING .................................................................. 5 DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
NOT USED
DIVISION 31 — EARTHWORK
NOT USED
DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
NOT USED
DIVISION 33 — UTILITIES
NOT USED
DIVISION 34 — TRANSPORTATION
NOT USED
DIVISION 35 — WATERWAYS AND MARINE CONSTRUCTION
NOT USED
DIVISION 40 — PROCESS INTERCONNECTIONS
NOT USED
DIVISION 41 — MATERIAL PROCESSING AND HANDLING EQUIPMENT
NOT USED
DIVISION 42 — PROCESS HEATING, COOLING, AND DRYING EQUIPMENT
NOT USED
DIVISION 43 — PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION AND STORAGE
EQUIPMENT
NOT USED
DIVISION 44 — POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT
NOT USED
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS - PAGE COUNT 00 01 10 – 4
DIVISION 45 — INDUSTRY-SPECIFIC MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT
NOT USED
DIVISION 46 — WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT
NOT USED
DIVISION 48 — ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATION
NOT USED
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
SUMMARY - 011000 - 1
SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Project information.
2. Work covered by Contract Documents.
3. Phased construction.
4. Work by Owner.
5. Work under separate contracts.
6. Future work.
7. Owner-furnished products.
8. Access to site.
9. Coordination with occupants.
10. Work restrictions.
11. Specification and Drawing conventions.
12. Miscellaneous provisions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013100 “Project Management and Coordination” for requirements on using web-based Project software.
1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Identification: Winn Park TI
1. Project Location: 1616 28th Street, Sacramento, CA 95816 B. Owner: City of Sacramento, 915 I St. Sacramento, CA 95814.
1. Owner's Representative/ Architect: Nadia Melgoza, Associate Architect, Facilities and Real Property Management, Department of Public Works, 5730 24 th Street, Sacramento, CA 95822, (916) 320-1885.
C. Consultants: Owner has retained the following design professionals who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents:
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
SUMMARY - 011000 - 2
1. Architect of Record: Victor Burbank, Arch Nexus, [email protected] D. Construction Inspector:
1. Construction Inspector has been engaged for this Project to serve as an advisor to Owner and to provide assistance in administering the Contract for construction between Owner and Contractor.
E. Web-Based Project Software: Project software administered by Contractor will be used for purposes of managing communication and documents during the construction stage.
1. See Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." for requirements for using web-based Project software.
1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following:
1. 3,292 SF tenant improvement to update interior and create a gallery and associate support spaces in an existing historic building.
B. Type of Contract:
1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.5 WORK BY OWNER
A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with any work performed by Owner.
1.6 ACCESS TO SITE
A. General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.
1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.
1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption with Owner.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
SUMMARY - 011000 - 3
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations.
2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations.
C. Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted.
D. Employee Identification: Owner will provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times.
1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:
1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise.
B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.
C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products:
1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections.
2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings.
3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.
1.9 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
A. Security Conditions at the Construction Site: Owner is aware of conditions in the immediate vicinity of the construction site that may impact contractor’s performance of the work. These conditions include a high population of unsheltered homeless persons, camping by unsheltered homeless persons, accumulations of trash, clothing, food containers, biohazards, cast -off personal possessions and camping equipment, abandoned bikes, animals, stray animals, panhandl ing activities , persons seeking assistance, medical emergencies, and fire and police activity.
B. Responsibility for Site Security: Contractor shall retain responsibility for site security, site maintenance, site clean -up, protection of materials and equipment including stored, staged and installed materials and equipment, according to contract Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
SUMMARY - 011000 - 4
documents. Contractor’s responsibility shall continue 24 -hours, 7 -days-per-week during the performance of the Work, and as such may require security performed with staff and/or electronic surveillance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 011000
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - 012500 - 1
SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions and Value Engineering.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms.
2. Substitutions for Convenience / Equal : Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Substitution Request Form: Use electronic (PDF) copy of form provided in Project Manual.
2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication, or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - 012500 - 2
b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery.
j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.
k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated.
l. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.
3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven (7) days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven (7) days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - 012500 - 3
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions.
1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 10 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals.
1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.
b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.
d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.
B. Substitutions for Convenience / Equal:
1. Architect will consider requests for substitution if received no later than 10 days prior to Bid Date.
2. All Substitutions for Convenience / Equal must be pre-approved prior to Bid Date.
3. All requests for pre -approval of Substitutions for Convenience / Equal must be in writing.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - 012500 - 4
4. All items, materials or processes that are to be considered for pre -approval must be submitted in the manner described in the individual Specification Sections in which they appear, and must include all required and necessary support information, certificates, and product information needed for evaluation.
Responsibility for assembling and providing adequate review material is solely that of the pre -approval application. Adequacy of the material submitted will be determined solely by the Architect, whose decision shall be final.
5. Inadequate applications will not be reviewed. Neither the Architect nor the Owner has an obligation to notify applicants of inadequate applications prior to the established cut-off dates for review.
6. Neither the Architect nor the Owner has an obligation to review proposed equals prior to Bidding unless pre -approval of a particular material, method or item of equipment is expressly required in the Specifications.
7. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.
b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.
d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.
f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.
END OF SECTION 0125000
(SUBSTITUTION FORM TO FOLLOW)
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - 012500 - 5
FORM FOR USE WITH SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS / EQUALS
TO:
PROJECT:
SPECIFIED ITEM:
SECTION: PAGE: PARAGRAPH: DESCRIPTION:
The undersigned requests consideration of the following:
PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION:
Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the requests; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified. Attached data also includes description of changes to Contract Documents that pro- posed substitution will require for its proper installation.
The undersigned states that the following paragraphs, unless modified on attachments, are cor- rect:
1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings.
2. The undersigned will pay for changes to the building design, including engineering, de- sign, detailing and construction costs caused by the requested substitution.
3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades, the construction schedule or specified warranty requirements.
4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution.
The undersigned further states that the function, appearance and quality of the proposed substi- tution are equivalent or superior to the specified item.
Submitted by: Title:
Signature: Date:
Firm: Phone:
Address:
Attachments:
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Accepted: City Architect Rejected: City Architect By: Date: (City) By: Date: (Architect)
END FORM FOR USE WITH SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS / EQUALS
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - 012500 - 6
(This page intentionally left blank)
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 012600 - 1
SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award.
1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Owner will issue through Construction Manager supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time,
1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Construction Manager will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Construction Manager are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within time specified in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.
c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 012600 - 2
d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use EZ-PCO form provided by Owner. Sample cop y is included at the end of this section.
f. Markups, including percentages of mark -up, shall be allowed only as described within the EZ -PCO Change Order Proposal and Change Order Proposal Summary. No mark -up is allowed for intermediate sub - contractors.
B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Construction Manager.
1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.
4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.
7. Proposal Request Form: Use EZ-PCO form provided by Owner . Sample copy is included at the end of this section.
1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Construction Manager will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor.
1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Construction Change Directive: Construction Manager may issue a Construction Change Directive on form included in Project Manual. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 012600 - 3
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive.
1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012600 (SAMPLE FORMS TO FOLLOW)
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 012600 - 4
SAMPLE FORMS FOR USE WITH CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 012600 - 5
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 012600 - 6
END SAMPLE FORMS FOR USE WITH CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PAYMENT PROCEDURES - 012900 - 1
SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract.
2. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Schedule of Values (SOV): A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES (SOV)
A. Coordination: Coordinate the SOV with Contractor's construction schedule.
1. Coordinate line items in the SOV with items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Submit the SOV to Owner at earliest possible date, but no later than 14 days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Application for Payment.
3. Sub-schedules for Separate Elements of Work: Where the Contractor's construction schedule defines separate elements of the Work, provide sub - schedules showing values coordinated with each element.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PAYMENT PROCEDURES - 012900 - 2
B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the SOV. Provide at least one line-item for each Specification Section.
1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the SOV:
a. Project name and location.
b. City's Project number.
c. Contractor's name, address and phone number.
d. Date of submittal.
2. Use City provided Schedule of Values form.
3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent (5% min.) of the Contract Sum.
4. Provide a separate line item in the SOV for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.
5. Overhead Costs: Include total cost, overhead and profit for each line item.
6. Closeout Costs. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling equal or greater than five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount.
7. Schedule of Values Revisions: Revise the SOV when Change Orders (CO) or Construction Change Directives (CCD) result in a change in the Contract Sum.
Include at least one separate line item for each CO and CCD.
1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by City’s Project Manager and paid for by Owner.
B. Payment Application Times: The date (20th of each month) for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.
1. Submit draft copy of Application for Payment ten days prior to due date for review by City Labor Compliance, Inspector, Project & Construction Manager.
C. Application for Payment Forms: Use City provided form for Applications for Payment.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PAYMENT PROCEDURES - 012900 - 3
D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. City will return incomplete applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the SOV and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment.
3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application.
4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner -requested project acceleration.
E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.
1. Provide address of warehouse facility, certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment for stored materials.
2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials.
3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following:
a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment.
b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment.
c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment.
F. Transmittal: Submit one signed original copy of each Application for Payment to Project Manager by an electronic method ensuring receipt. Include waivers of lien and similar attachments as required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application.
G. Waivers of Liens: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of lien from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PAYMENT PROCEDURES - 012900 - 4
4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien.
5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner.
H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Values (SOV).
3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).
4. Products list (preliminary if not final).
5. Sustainable design action plans, including preliminary project materials cost data.
6. Schedule of unit prices.
7. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final).
8. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
9. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
10. Copies of building permits.
11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work.
12. Initial progress report.
13. Report of preconstruction conference.
I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After City issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following:
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
4. Evidence that claims have been settled.
5. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
6. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012900
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 1
SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. General coordination procedures.
2. Coordination drawings.
3. RFIs.
4. Digital project management procedures.
5. Project meetings.
B. Each contractor shall partic ipate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor. However, General Contractor shall coordinate and be responsible for the entire project.
C. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field -engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.
3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 2
1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or supplying products.
2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
B. Key Personnel Names: Within 5 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and cellular telephone numbers and e -mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, in web-based Project software directory, and in prominent location in each built facility. Keep list current at all times.
1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.
Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each contractor shall coordinate its own operations with operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of components with other contractors to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 3
D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid confl icts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Preparation of the schedule of values.
3. Delivery and processing of submittals.
4. Progress meetings.
5. Preinstallation conferences.
6. Project closeout activities.
7. Startup and adjustment of systems.
1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely indicated on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity.
1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components.
b. Coordinate the addition of trade -specific information to coordination drawings in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review.
c. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical systems.
d. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. e. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls.
f. Indicate required installation sequences.
g. Indicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternative sketches to Owner indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.
B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows:
1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, fire -protection, fire-alarm, and electrical Work. Show Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 4
locations of visible ceiling -mounted devices. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work.
2. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines.
3. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items.
4. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following:
a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems. b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork.
5. Electrical Work: Show the following:
a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches in diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire-alarm locations.
c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor-control center locations.
d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines.
6. Fire-Protection System: Show the following:
a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads.
7. Review: Owner will review coordination drawings to confirm that in general the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Owner determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Owner will so inform Contractor, who shall make suitable modifications and resubmit.
8. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints according to requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."
C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements:
1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings.
2. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files in PDF format.
3. Owner will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use i n preparing coordination digital data files.
a. Owner makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 5
b. Digital Data Software Program: Drawings are available in AutoCAD 2015 Version in Microsoft Windows operating system.
c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of the Agreement included in this Project Manual.
1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)
A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.
1. Owner will return without response those RFIs submitted to Owner by other entities controlled by Contractor.
2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following:
1. Project name.
2. Project number.
3. Date.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Name of Architect and Owner
6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.
7. RFI subject.
8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
12. Contractor's signature.
13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.
C. RFI Forms: Form bound in Project Manual or Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Owner.
1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format.
D. Owner's Action: Owner will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond.
Allow five working days for Owner's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Owner after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.
1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 6
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents.
e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.
2. Owner's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Owner's time for response will date from time of receipt by Owner of additional information.
3. Owner's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Owner in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI response.
E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Software log with not less than the following:
1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Architect.
4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. Date Owner's response was received.
8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.
F. On receipt of Owner's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Owner within five days if Contractor disagrees with response.
1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
A. Use of Owner's Digital Data Files: Digital data files of Owner's drawings will be provided by Owner for Contractor's use during construction.
1. Digital data files may be used by Contractor in preparing coordination drawings, Shop Drawings, and Project record Drawings.
2. Owner makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Contract Drawings.
3. Digital Drawing Software Program: Contract Drawings are available in PDF.
4. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement included in Project Manual.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 7
a. Subcontractors, and other parties granted access by Contractor to Owner's digital data files shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement included in this Project Manual.
5. The following digital data files will be furnished for each appropriate discipline:
a. Site plans.
b. Floor plans.
c. Reflected ceiling plans.
B. Web-Based Project Software: Provide, administer, and use web -based Project software site for purposes of hosting and managing Project communication and documentation until Final Completion.
1. Web-based Project software site includes, at a minimum, the following features:
a. Compilation of Project data, including Contractor, subcontractors, Architect, architect's consultants, Owner, and other entities involved in Project.
Include names of individuals and contact information.
b. Access control for each entity for each workflow process, to determine entity's digital rights to create, modify, view, and print documents. c. Document workflow planning, allowing customization of workflow between project entities.
d. Creation, logging, tracking, and notification for Project communications required in other Specification Sections, including, but not limited to, RFIs, submittals, Minor Changes in the Work, Construction Change Directives, and Change Orders.
e. Track status of each Project communication in real time, and log time and date when responses are provided.
f. Procedures for handling PDFs or similar file formats, allowing markups by each entity. Provide security features to lock markups against changes once submitted.
g. Processing and tracking of payment applications.
h. Processing and tracking of contract modifications.
i. Creating and distributing meeting minutes.
j. Document management for Drawings, Specifications, and coordination drawings, including revision control.
k. Management of construction progress photographs.
l. Mobile device compatibility, including smartphones and tablets.
2. Provide up to seven web-based Project software user licenses for use of Owner, Architect, and Architect's consultants. Upon request, p rovide four hours of software training at Owner's office for web-based Project software users.
3. At completion of Project, provide digital archive in format that is readable by Microsoft Windows applications. Provide data in locked/flattened format.
4. Provide one of the following web -based Project software packages under their current published licensing agreements:
a. Autodesk;
b. Corecon Technologies, Inc.
c. Meridian Systems; Prolog.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 8
d. Newforma, Inc.
e. Procore Technologies, Inc.
f. Viewpoint, Inc.; Viewpoint for Project Collaboration.
C. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Owner, prepare as follows:
1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item.
2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
3. Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated.
1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of 10 working days prior to meeting.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner, within three days of the meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Owner will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments.
b. Tentative construction schedule.
c. Phasing.
d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items.
e. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
f. Lines of communications.
g. Use of web-based Project software.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 9
h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. i. Procedures for RFIs.
j. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
l. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
m. Submittal procedures.
n. Preparation of Record Documents.
o. Use of the premises.
p. Work restrictions.
q. Working hours.
r. Procedures for moisture and mold control.
s. Construction waste management and recycling.
t. Parking availability.
u. Office, work, and storage areas.
v. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
w. First aid.
x. Security.
y. Progress cleaning.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other sections and when required for coordination with other construction.
1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Owner of scheduled meeting dates.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
c. Related RFIs.
d. Related Change Orders.
e. Purchases.
f. Deliveries.
g. Submittals.
h. Possible conflicts.
i. Compatibility requirements.
j. Time schedules.
k. Weather limitations.
l. Manufacturer's written instructions.
m. Warranty requirements.
n. Compatibility of materials.
o. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
p. Testing and inspecting requirements.
q. Installation procedures.
r. Protection of adjacent work.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 10
s. Protection of construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.
4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information.
5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
D. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner, but no later than 30 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion.
1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout.
2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following:
a. Preparation of Record Documents.
b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance.
c. Procedures for completing and archiving web -based Project software site data files.
d. Submittal of written warranties.
e. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. f. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. g. Requirements for demonstration and training.
h. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.
i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment.
j. Submittal procedures.
k. Owner's partial occupancy requirements.
l. Installation of Owner's fixtures, and equipment.
4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.
E. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at regular intervals.
1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.
2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 11
3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting.
Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule.
Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off-site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site use.
8) Quality and work standards.
9) Status of correction of deficient items.
10) Field observations.
11) Status of RFIs.
12) Status of Proposal Requests.
13) Pending changes.
14) Status of Change Orders.
15) Pending claims and disputes.
16) Documentation of information for payment requests.
4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule with the report of each meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 013100 (SAMPLE FORM TO FOLLOW)
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION - 013100 - 12
SAMPLE FORM TO B E USED WITH PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PROCEDURES
END SAMPLE FORM TO BE USED WITH PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PROCEDURES
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION - 013200 - 1
SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
1. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Site condition reports.
3. Unusual event reports.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 011000 “Summary” for concurrent work by Owner under separate contracts.
2. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures” for requirements to prepare and process Applications for Payment.
3. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for construction coordination provisions.
4. Section 013300 “Submittal Procedures” for submittal schedule requirements and procedural requirements for submittals.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources.
1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned start and finish times.
2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.
3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values (SOV) for completing an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION - 013200 - 2
C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships.
Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.
D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration (no float).
E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.
F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.
1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date.
2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the start of the successor activity.
3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.
G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for completing an activity as scheduled.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:
1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated.
2. PDF file emailed to Owner’s Project Manager.
B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period.
1. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals.
C. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.
D. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.
E. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Scheduling Qualifications: Experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing reports/ diagrams within 24 hours of Owner's request.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION - 013200 - 3
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with SOV, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and required documents.
1. Time commitments for critical elements of the Work from entities involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of software specifically to manage construction schedules.
1. Use Scheduling component of Project software specified in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."
B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of Substantial Completion.
1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
C. Activities: Treat area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Owner.
2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to: submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.
3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule.
4. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion and allow time for Owner’s administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
5. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion.
D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule and show how Work sequence is affected.
1. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product.
Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
2. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION - 013200 - 4
3. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Submittals.
b. Purchases.
c. Fabrication.
d. Deliveries.
e. Installation.
f. Adjusting.
g. Curing.
4. Construction Areas: Identify area of construction for each portion of the Work.
Indicate where each construction activity within a n area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following:
a. Permanent space enclosure.
b. Completion of mechanical installation.
c. Completion of electrical installation.
d. Substantial Completion.
E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion:
F. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:
1. Unresolved issues.
2. Unanswered Requests for Information.
3. Rejected or unreturned submittals.
4. Notations on returned submittals.
5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time.
G. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need - to-know schedule responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
1.8 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt - chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for commencement of the Work.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION - 013200 - 5
1. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.
1.9 CPM SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.
B. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a cost- and resource-loaded, time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.
1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 60 days after date of Notice to Proceed. a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates.
2. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule to coordinate with the Contract Time.
C. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.
1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities:
a. Preparation and processing of submittals.
b. Mobilization and demobilization.
c. Purchase of materials.
d. Delivery.
e. Fabrication.
f. Installation.
g. Testing and inspection.
h. Punch list and final completion.
i. Activities occurring following final completion.
2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates.
3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer -drawn, time - scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.
4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION - 013200 - 6
D. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time -impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall Project schedule.
E. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:
1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.
2. Description of activity.
3. Main events of activity.
4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.
5. Start dates.
6. Finish dates.
7. Activity duration in workdays.
8. Total float or slack time.
1.10 REPORTS
A. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
B. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable.
1. Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence.
Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 013200
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - 013300 - 1
SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Submittal schedule requirements.
2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the schedule of values.
2. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web -based Project software.
3. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.
4. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports, and schedule of tests and inspections.
5. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals.
6. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.
7. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Owner's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Owner’s responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - 013300 - 2
1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.
Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Owner and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.
1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.
3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule.
a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals.
4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:
a. Scheduled date for first submittal.
b. Specification Section number and title.
c. Submittal Category: Action; informational.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for Owner's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing.
h. Scheduled date of fabrication.
i. Scheduled dates for installation.
j. Activity or event number.
1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS
A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal:
1. Project name.
2. Date.
3. Name of Architect.
4. Name of Owner’s Project Manager.
5. Name of Contractor.
6. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.
7. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
8. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier; and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals.
9. Category and type of submittal.
10. Submittal purpose and description.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - 013300 - 3
11. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for each of multiple items.
12. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
13. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
14. Other necessary identification.
15. Remarks.
16. Signature of transmitter.
B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Owner.
C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; include relevant additional information and revisions, other than those requested by Owner on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate sheet.
D. PDF Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information into each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number.
1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.
1. Email: Prepare submittals as a 0PDF and transmit to Owner via email. Include PDF transmittal form. Identify submittal type in email subject line. a. Owner will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as a digital Project Record Document file.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently .
Partial submittals are prohibited. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.
3. Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in different Sections so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. Owner reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Owner’s receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - 013300 - 4
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Owner will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.
4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial submittal review.
D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content in label or title block and clearly indicate revision extent.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Owner's action stamp.
E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Owner's stamp.
1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are unsuitable for use, submit Shop Drawings, not Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.
4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - 013300 - 5
5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrent with Samples.
B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. Submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is permitted.
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
c. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
C. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location.
Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated.
2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable.
D. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of Owner, and other information specified.
E. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sec tions.
Include list of assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable.
Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page of submittal.
F. Certificates:
1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated.
2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience.
4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - 013300 - 6
5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
1.8 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Owner.
B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform approval stamp or indication in web-based Project software. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
1. Owner will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval.
1.9 OWNER’S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals: Owner will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it.
1. PDF Submittals: Owner will indicate, via markup on each submittal:
a. No Exceptions Taken
b. Make Corrections Noted
c. Revise and Resubmit
d. Rejected
B. Informational Submittals: Owner will review each submittal and will not return it or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Owner will forward each submittal to appropriate party.
C. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review.
D. Owner will only return with review submittals received from the Contractor.
E. Submittals not required in the Contract Documents: returned by Owner with no action.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used
END OF SECTION 013300
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - 014000 - 1
SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.
B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1. Specific quality -assurance and quality -control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products.
2. Specified inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality - assurance and quality -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
3. Specific inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" unless otherwise further described means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Field Quality-Control Tests: Inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.
C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations.
1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - 014000 - 2
D. Source Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source; for example, plant, mill, factory, or shop.
E. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both.
Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
F. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.
G. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality - control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect or Construction Manager.
1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Owner for direction before proceeding.
B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Delegated-Design Services Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor's Quality -Control Plan: For quality -assurance and quality -control activities and responsibilities.
B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel.
C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - 014000 - 3
D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN
A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality -control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to commencement of work. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality -assurance and quality -control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's Construction Schedule.
B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality -assurance and quality -control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project.
1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent.
C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review.
1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
A. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory -authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:
1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory -authorized service representative making report.
2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements.
3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.
4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in -service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - 014000 - 4
requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory -authorized service representative requirements.
C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in -service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in m aterial, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in -service performance.
E. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
F. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
1.10 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality - assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspection.
1. Schedule times for inspections and similar activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Inspection Log: Prepare a record of inspections. Including:
1. Date inspection was conducted.
2. Description of the Work inspected.
3. Date inspection results were transmitted to Architect.
4. Identification of inspector conducting inspection.
B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's, and Construction Manager's reference during normal working hours.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - 014000 - 5
1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents.
3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of inspection and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 014000
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - 014000 - 6
(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
REFERENCES - 014200 - 1
SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.
F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.
G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site.
H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
REFERENCES - 014200 - 2
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S." B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council; www.aabc.com.
2. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association; www.aamanet.org.
3. AAPFCO - Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org.
4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org.
5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org.
6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association;
www.americanbearings.org.
7. ABMA - American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com.
8. ACI - American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International); www.concrete.org
9. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org.
10. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org.
11. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org.
12. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org.
13. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org.
14. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The); www.ahrinet.org.
15. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org.
16. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org.
17. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org.
18. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org.
19. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; www.aitc-glulam.org.
20. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; www.amca.org.
21. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
REFERENCES - 014200 - 3
22. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; www.aosaseed.com.
23. APA - APA - The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org.
24. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org.
25. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org.
26. ARI - Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI).
27. ARI - American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI).
28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org.
29. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org.
30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE).
31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org.
32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org.
33. ASSE - American Society of Safety Engineers (The); www.asse.org.
34. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org.
35. ASTM - ASTM International; www.astm.org.
36. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org.
37. AWEA - American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org.
38. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org.
39. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com.
40. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com.
41. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org.
42. AWWA - American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org.
43. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com.
44. BIA - Brick Industry Association (The); www.gobrick.com.
45. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org.
46. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association); www.bifma.org.
47. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org.
48. CDA - Copper Development Association; www.copper.org.
49. CE - Conformite Europeenne; http://ec.europa.eu/growth/single-market/ce- marking/
50. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca.
51. CEA - Consumer Electronics Association; www.ce.org.
52. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com.
53. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org.
54. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com.
55. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org.
56. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org.
57. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org.
58. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org.
59. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.pbmdf.com.
60. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org.
61. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org.
62. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org.
63. CSA - CSA Group; www.csa.ca.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
REFERENCES - 014200 - 4
64. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services); www.csa-international.org.
65. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute (The); www.csinet.org.
66. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org.
67. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.cti.org.
68. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA).
69. DASMA - Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com.
70. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org.
71. ECA - Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA).
72. ECAMA - Electronic Components Assemblies & Materials Association; (See ECIA).
73. ECIA - Electronic Components Industry Association; www.eciaonline.org.
74. EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA).
75. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com.
76. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org.
77. ESD - ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org .
78. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA).
79. ETL - Intertek (See Intertek); www.intertek.com.
80. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org.
81. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute; www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org.
82. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmglobal.com.
83. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG - FM Global); www.fmglobal.com.
84. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com.
85. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org.
86. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org.
87. GANA - Glass Association of North America; www.glasswebsite.com.
88. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org.
89. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org.
90. HI/GAMA - Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI).
91. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM).
92. HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association; www.hpva.org.
93. HPW - H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.; www.hpwhite.com.
94. IAPSC- International Association of Professional Security Consultants; www.iapsc.org.
95. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org.
96. IAS - International Approval Services; (See CSA).
97. ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC).
98. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org.
99. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 100. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Alliance; www.icpa-hq.org. 101. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org. 102. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch. 103. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 104. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America); www.ies.org.
105. IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES). 106. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 107. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; www.igmaonline.org.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
REFERENCES - 014200 - 5
108. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.okstate.edu.
109. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com. 110. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA); www.intertek.com.
111. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society); www.isa.org.
112. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The); (See ISA). 113. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International Solid Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org. 114. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org. 115. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 116. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int/home. 117. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org. 118. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 119. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 120. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. 121. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 122. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 123. MFMA - Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org.
124. MHIA - Material Handling Industry of America; www.mhia.org. 125. MIA - Marble Institute of America; www.marble-institute.com. 126. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; www.wmmpa.com. 127. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 128. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-hq.org.
129. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org.
130. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International); www.nace.org.
131. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 132. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.naima.org. 133. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com. 134. NBI - New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 135. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org. 136. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 137. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 138. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. 139. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. 140. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 141. NETA - InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. 142. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org. 143. NFPA - NFPA International; (See NFPA).
144. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 145. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 146. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org. 147. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 148. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org.
149. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
REFERENCES - 014200 - 6
150. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org. 151. NSF - NSF International; www.nsf.org.
152. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 153. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org. 154. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 155. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 156. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 157. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 158. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association); http://www.plasa.org.
159. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org. 160. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 161. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com. 162. SAE - SAE International; www.sae.org.
163. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. 164. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org.
165. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org.
166. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (The); www.sefalabs.com.
167. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ASCE).
168. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org. 169. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org.
170. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org. 171. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org.
172. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org. 173. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org. 174. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org.
175. SRCC - Solar Rating & Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org. 176. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com. 177. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 178. STI - Steel Tank Institute; www.steeltank.com.
179. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com. 180. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org. 181. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 182. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; www.tileusa.com. 183. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.tema.org. 184. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); (Formerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org.
185. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA).
186. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org. 187. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org.
188. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. 189. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; www.tileroofing.org. 190. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; http://www.ul.com. 191. UNI - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org. 192. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 193. USITT - United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
REFERENCES - 014200 - 7
194. WA - Wallcoverings Association; www.wallcoverings.org 195. WASTEC - Waste Equipment Technology Association; www.wastec.org. 196. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 197. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 198. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 199. WI - Woodwork Institute; www.wicnet.org.
200. WSRCA - Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 201. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org.
C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org.
2. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org.
3. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org.
D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil.
2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov.
3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov.
4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.
5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov.
6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov.
7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov.
8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov/fdsys.
9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov.
10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov.
11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov.
12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov.
13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov.
14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org.
15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov.
16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov.
17. USDOJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov.
18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org.
19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com.
E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
REFERENCES - 014200 - 8
the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.gpo.gov/fdsys.
2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.
3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS).
4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS).
5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.
a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb.
6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD).
7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov.
8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB).
F. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. CBHF; State of California; Department of Consumer Affairs; Bureau of Electronic and Appliance Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation; www.bearhfti.ca.gov.
2. CCR; California Code of Regulations; Office of Administrative Law; California Title 24 Energy Code; www.calregs.com.
3. CDHS; California Department of Health Services; (See CDPH).
4. CDPH; California Department of Public Health; Indoor Air Quality Program; www.cal-iaq.org.
5. CPUC; California Public Utilities Commission; www.cpuc.ca.gov.
6. SMAQMD; S acramento Metro Air Quality Management District; www.airquality.org.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 014200
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - 016000 - 1
SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.
2. Section 014200 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified.
3. Section 017700 “Closeout Procedures” for information on submittal times.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in -service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of-design product," including make or model number or other designation. In addition to the basis -of-design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, in -service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - 016000 - 2
features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.
C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Comparable Product Request Submittal: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify basis -of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article.
2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Form of Architect's Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."
b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated.
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors.
2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.
B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - 016000 - 3
products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior.
1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous.
2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service-connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including the following:
a. Name of product and manufacturer.
b. Model and serial number.
c. Capacity.
d. Speed.
e. Ratings.
3. See individual identification sections in Divisions 15 and 16 for additional identification requirements.
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Delivery and Handling:
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long -term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and protected.
C. Storage:
1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity of units.
2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment.
5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - 016000 - 4
6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.
7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.
1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.
1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.
2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.
1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project -specific information and properly executed.
2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed.
3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.
C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at installation.
1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents.
4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will select.
5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.
B. Product Selection Procedures:
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - 016000 - 5
1. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated.
a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: …"
2. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, which complies with requirements.
a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …"
3. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: …"
4. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications incl ude a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …"
5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, p rovide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named.
Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience.
C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - 016000 - 6
1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.
D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line.
2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant product qualities include attributes such as type, function, in -service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements.
2. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
3. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
4. Samples, if requested.
B. Submittal Requirements: Approval of Contractor's request for use of comparable product is not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply with specified submittal requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 016000
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
EXECUTION - 017300 - 1
SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Construction layout.
2. Field engineering and surveying.
3. Installation of the Work.
4. Cutting and patching.
5. Coordination of Owner-installed products.
6. Progress cleaning.
7. Starting and adjusting.
8. Protection of installed construction.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 011000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site.
2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys.
3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner -accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, replacing defective work, and final cleaning.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of in -place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of subsequent work.
B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Cutting and Patching Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Prior to submitting cutting and patching plan , review extent of cutting and patching anticipated and examine procedures for ensuring satisfactory result Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
EXECUTION - 017300 - 2
from cutting and patching work. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cutting and patching to attend, including the following:
a. Contractor's superintendent.
b. Trade supervisor responsible for cutting operations. c. Trade supervisor(s) responsible for patching of each type of substrate. d. Mechanical and electrical subcontractors' supervisors, to the extent each trade is affecting by cutting and patching operations.
2. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer.
B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by professional engineer certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.
C. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information:
1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching.
2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements.
3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work.
4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted. a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems.
D. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
E. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor.
F. Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
EXECUTION - 017300 - 3
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.
B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements.
1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection.
2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment.
b. Fire-suppression systems.
c. Plumbing piping systems.
d. Mechanical systems piping and ducts.
e. Communication systems.
f. Fire-detection and -alarm systems.
g. Electrical wiring systems.
h. Operating systems of special construction.
3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety . Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following:
a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
b. Membranes and flashings.
c. Equipment supports.
d. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.
e. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.
4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on -site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
EXECUTION - 017300 - 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with sustainable design requirements.
B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in -place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in -place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting the Work.
B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
1. Examine roughing -in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.
2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed.
3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.
C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:
1. Description of the Work.
2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.
3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.
4. Recommended corrections.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
EXECUTION - 017300 - 5
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly.
Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
B. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.
C. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."
3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect and Construction Manager promptly.
B. General: Engage a professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2. Establish limits on use of Project site.
3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions.
4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.
6. Notify Architect and Construction Manager when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.
4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
EXECUTION - 017300 - 6
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.
F. Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels.
G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.
H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work.
1. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work.
3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching.
Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
EXECUTION - 017300 - 7
1. Cut in -place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.
C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.
D. Protection: Protect in -place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
E. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.
3. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
4. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
F. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.
1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.
a. Clean conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials.
b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
G. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
EXECUTION - 017300 - 8
3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.
2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.
4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint -use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
F. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on -site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." G. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
H. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
EXECUTION - 017300 - 9
I. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.
C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."
3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work.
C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
END OF SECTION 017300
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
EXECUTION - 017300 - 10
(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL - 017419 - 1 SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013100 “Project Management and Coordination” for information on Waste Management Conferences.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations.
Construction waste includes packaging.
B. Demolition Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials resulting from demolition operations.
C. Disposal: Removal of demolition or construction waste and subsequent salvage, sale, recycling, or deposit in landfill, incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, or designated spoil areas on Owner’s property.
D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.
E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.
F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL - 017419 - 2
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition and construction waste becomes property of Contractor.
B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner.
1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 7 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Waste Management Plan is available on the City website.
B. Waste Log: Submit the required Waste Log within 20 days after final inspection.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Use Construction and Demolition Waste Log available on the City website.
B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work.
C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.
D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.
E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.
F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, or individual employed and assigned by General Contractor, with a record of successful waste City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL - 017419 - 3 management coordination of projects with similar requirements. Superintendent may serve as Waste Management Coordinator.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with transportation and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Waste Management Conference(s): Conduct conference(s) at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of each contractor and waste management coordinator.
2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition.
3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays.
4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities.
5. Review waste management requirements for each trade.
1.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to requirements set forth by City of Sacramento Solid Waste Services . Plan shall consist of waste identification, compliant debris recycling goals, and material management plan , including accompanying Waste Log . Distinguish between demolition and construction waste.
Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RECYCLING RECEIVERS AND PROCESSORS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, available recycling receivers and processors include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Kiefer Landfill, 127601 Kiefer Blvd. Sacramento, CA 95683.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 50 percent by weight of total nonhazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators.
Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL - 017419 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.
1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan.
C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work.
1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return.
2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on -site.
Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal.
D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged and recycled.
3.2 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL
A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.
B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor.
C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process.
D. Procedures: Process recyclable waste according to approved construction waste management plan.
1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL - 017419 - 5 a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found.
2. Stockpile processed materials on -site without intermixing with other materials.
Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.
4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather.
5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor as often as required to prevent overfilling bins.
3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals.
1. Pulverize concrete to maximum 1-1/2-inch size.
2. Crush concrete and screen to comply with requirements in Civil Specifications Section 14 "Earthwork, Excavation, Embankment, and Subgrade " for use as satisfactory soil for fill or subbase.
3.4 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE
A. Packaging:
1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location.
2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials.
3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on -site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.
4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.
B. Wood Materials:
1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces.
2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood.
C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location.
1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding.
D. Paint: Seal containers and store by type.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL - 017419 - 6
3.5 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or r ecycled, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.
B. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials and legally dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner’s property.
C. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.
END OF SECTION 017419
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - 017700 - 1
SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Spec. Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Substantial Completion procedures.
2. Final completion procedures.
3. Warranties.
4. Final cleaning.
5. Repair of the Work.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for final Application for Payment.
2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for additional operation and maintenance manual requirements.
3. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent.
B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.
C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance materials in other Sections.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - 017700 - 2
1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.
B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.
2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, and similar final record information.
3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.
4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number.
a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Owner's signature for receipt of submittals.
5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records.
6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.
C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.
4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion.
5. Complete final cleaning requirements.
6. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - 017700 - 3
notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Owner, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection are the requirements for final completion.
1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures."
2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Owner. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.
5. Submit final completion photographic documentation.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name of Architect and Owner
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - 017700 - 4
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Page number.
4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
a. MS Excel electronic file. Owner will return annotated file. b. PDF electronic file. Owner will return annotated file. c. Web-based project software upload (punch list).
d. Electronic PDF copies. Owner will return annotated PDF file.
1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES
A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Owner for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.
B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.
C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the Project Manual.
D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.
1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Owner via weblink by email.
E. Provide PDF’s of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
1. Use cleaning products that comply with California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - 017700 - 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.
Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site in areas disturbed by construction activities of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.
c. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.
d. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. e. Remove labels that are not permanent.
f. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment , and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.
g. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to fully function. h. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK
A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.
B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.
1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials.
2. Touch up and repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that already show evidence of repair.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - 017700 - 6
a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical & electrical. Remove paint applied to labels.
3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity.
4. Replace burned -out bulbs, bulbs dimmed by use, and defective and noisy fixtures to comply with requirements.
3.3 NOTE: SAMPLE WARRANTY FORM IS INCLUDED DIRECTLY FOLLOWING THIS SECTION.
END OF SECTION 017700
WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE FORM
1. ("Contractor")
hereby agrees that the (“Work” of Contractor)
which Contractor has installed for the CITY OF SACRAMENTO ("City") for the following project:
Winn Park Building Rehab
C13900960 (“Project” or “Contract”)
was performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and that the Work as installed fulfills the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Contractor agrees to repair or replace all of the Work that may prove to be defective in workmanship or material and any other adjacent Work that may be displaced in connection with such replacement within a period of 1 YEAR(S) from the date of Completion as defined in the Contract, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted. The date of completion is .
3. In the event Contractor fails to comply with the above-mentioned conditions within a reasonable period of time, as determined by City, but not later than TEN (10) calendar days after being notified in writing by City, Contractor authorizes City to proceed to repair or replace the defective Work at the expense of Contractor. Contractor shall pay the costs and charges therefor upon demand.
4. Representatives to be contacted for service subject to the terms of Contract:
NAME:
ADDRESS:
PHONE NO.:
EMAIL:
Date:
Proper Name of Contractor:
Signature:
Print Name:
Title:
END OF DOCUMENT
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE – 01 77 10 – PAGE 1
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
SECTION 01 77 10
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE
The Contractor does hereby certify that all work has been performed and materials supplied in accordance with the drawings, specifications and Contract Documents for the above Work, and that:
No less than the prevailing rates of wages as ascertained by the governing body of the Contracting agency has been paid to laborers, workmen and mechanics employed on this Work;
There have been no unauthorized substitutes of Subcontractors; nor have any subcontractors been entered into without the names of the Subcontractors having been submitted to the Owner prior to the start of such subcontracted work;
No subcontract was assigned or transferred or performed by any Subcontractor other than the original Subcontractor, without prior notice having been submitted to the Owner together with the names of all Subcontractors;
All claims for material and labor and other service performed in connection with these specifications have been paid;
In WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed and sealed this instrument this day , 2 .
Firm Name
Signature
Title
(Attest)
(SEAL IF BIDDER IS A CORPORATION)
As determined necessary, evidence of compliance may be required to be submitted with and made a part of this Certificate of Compliance.
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE – 01 77 10 – PAGE 2
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
PART 1 GENERAL
1. No final payment shall be made until the Contractor files with the Owner, prior to acceptance of the Work, a notarized Certification of Compliance in the following form.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION 01313
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - 017823 - 1
SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:
1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals.
2. Systems and equipment operation manuals.
3. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.
4. Product maintenance manuals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals.
2. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction.
B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section.
1. Owner will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable.
2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - 017823 - 2
B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format:
1. Submit PDF documents via email to Owner. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals.
2. Submit PDF documents on a USB flash drive and deliver to City PM.
C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least thirty [30] days before commencing demonstration and training. Owner will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable.
D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least fifteen [15] days before commencing demonstration and training. Owner will return copy with comments in a digital format.
1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Owner’s comments. Submit digital copies of each corrected manual within fifteen [15] days of receipt of Owner’s comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training.
E. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.
1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. Provide a USB flash drive with all files sorted by O&M manual sections and renamed appropriately.
1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available.
Scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size.
2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file.
1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE
MANUALS
A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:
1. Title page.
2. Table of contents.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - 017823 - 3
3. Manual contents.
B. Title Page: Include the following information:
1. Subject matter included in manual.
2. Name and address of Project.
3. Name and address of Owner.
4. Date of submittal.
5. Name and contact information for Contractor.
6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager.
7. Name and contact information for Owner.
8. Name and contact information for Architect.
9. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross -referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a digital file.
E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."
1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY MANUAL A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
List items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include the following:
1. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.
2. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in a separate list.
3. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual.
1.8 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - 017823 - 4
system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures.
1. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.
B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:
1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents.
2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility.
3. Operating standards.
4. Operating procedures.
5. Wiring diagrams.
6. Precautions against improper use.
7. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.
C. Descriptions: Include the following:
1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
4. Equipment function.
5. Operating characteristics.
6. Limiting conditions.
7. Performance curves.
8. Engineering data.
9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Startup procedures.
2. Routine and normal operating instructions.
3. Normal shutdown instructions.
1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - 017823 - 5
1. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.
B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below.
C. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents.
For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.
D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:
1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include s more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.
a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.
2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly.
3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.
4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:
1. Test and inspection instructions.
2. Troubleshooting guide.
3. Precautions against improper maintenance.
4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.
5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.
6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available.
F. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - 017823 - 6
1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.
2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance.
3. In no way shall lack of maintenance void the warranty on any products nor services warranted for the first year of service. If any service of systems is required to maintain the warranty, then that shall be included to ensure the 1 - year warranty is valid and active.
G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross -referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.
H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent.
I. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
J. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.
1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals.
1.10 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Repair instructions.
B. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.
C. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 017823
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - 017839 - 1
SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following:
1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
4. Miscellaneous record submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files.
2. Section 017300 "Execution" for final property survey.
3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
4. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit one set of marked-up record prints.
2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows:
a. Initial Submittal:
1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set of file prints.
2) Owner will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal:
1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set of prints.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - 017839 - 2
2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded.
B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.
1. Submit scans of marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.
D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.
E. Reports: Submit written report monthly indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated.
1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked -up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued.
1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
d. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
e. Actual equipment locations.
f. Duct size and routing.
g. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
h. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive (CCD). i. Changes made following Owner’s written orders.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - 017839 - 3
j. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
k. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. l. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked -up record prints.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked -up record prints with Owner. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows:
1. Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original Contract Drawings.
2. Format: DWG Version 2015 or previous, Microsoft Windows operating system.
3. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
4. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
5. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner for resolution.
6. Owner will furnish Contractor with one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information.
a. See Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files. b. Architect/Owner will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers.
C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.
1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file.
4. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect and Owner.
e. Name of Contractor.
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - 017839 - 4
1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made.
4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data.
5. Note related Change Orders and record Drawings where applicable.
B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file or scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Specifications.
1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.
B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.
3. Note related Change Orders , record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable.
C. Format: Submit record Product Data as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked -up paper copy of Product Data.
1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.
1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
City of Sacramento Winn Park TI
1616 28th Street
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - 017839 - 5
B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file.
1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals.
1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Owner’s reference during normal working hours.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
END OF SECTION 017839
Winn Park TI City of Sacramento
1616 28th Street
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - 017839 - 6
(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 – 1
SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.
1.2 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.
B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner.
1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to O wner.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of selective demolition activities with starting and ending dates for each activity.
B. Include the following:
1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity.
2. Means of protection for items to remain and items in path of waste removal fr om building.
C. Predemolition photographs or video. Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations.
D. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Inventory of items that have been removed and salvaged.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program.
B. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 – 2
C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.
E. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to selective demolition including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.
2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure.
3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations.
5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.
B. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.
1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work.
2. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.
C. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
D. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.
1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials and using approved contractors so as not to void existing warranties.
PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSP A10.6 and NFPA 241.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 – 3
EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Prior to selective demolition operations, verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. Verify relevant systems have been disabled from fire alarms and other building management systems.
B. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations.
C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged.
D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict.
Promptly submit a written report to Architect.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
3.3 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage.
B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor.
2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.
3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated on Drawings to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material and leave in place.
c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational.
e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner.
f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. g. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material and leave in place.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 – 4
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.
C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist.
3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:
1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.
3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
4. Maintain fire watch during and for at least two-hours after flame-cutting operations.
5. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
6. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
C. Removed and Salvaged Items:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
D. Removed and Reinstalled Items:
1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 – 5
E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition[ and cleaned] and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
3.6 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete indicated for selective demolition. Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated.
B. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals, using power-driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts.
C. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and remove.
3.7 ABANDONMENT OF PIPES AND MANHOLES
A. Ten-inch (10") and smaller pipes to be abandoned shall be plugged at both ends with mortar not less than six inches (6") or by a tight brick wall with cement mortar joints not less than eight inches (8") thick.
B. Manholes to be abandoned shall have their cones removed, backfilled with slurry, or native material compacted to ninety-five (95%) relative compaction. Frames and covers are not to be reused.
3.8 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE
A. See demolition plan for details on the removal, protection, and all site preparation activities.
Below are a few selected items of interest as noted on the plans:
1. Existing items to be Removed:
a. Bottom-Couse of glass block transom at East Entry
2. Existing items to be re-located
a. Rooftop condenser
3. Existing Items to be Removed and Replaced:
a. East Entry door pair
b. Metal panel surround at East Entry door pair
c. Portion of shaft wall assembly as necessary
d. Light well fixture
4. Existing Items to Remain Undisturbed:
a. Doors & Windows
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 – 6
b. Existing electrical and communications duct banks
c. Existing utilities
3.9 CLEANING
A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. and recycle or dispose of them according to Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.
3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.
END OF SECTION 02 41 19
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
SELECTIVE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 02 41 26 – 1
SECTION 02 41 26
SELECTIVE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Removal of existing electrical equipment, wiring, and conduit in areas to be remodeled; removal of designated construction; dismantling, cutting and alterations for completion of the Work.
2. Disposal of materials.
3. Storage of removed materials.
4. Identification of utilities.
5. Salvaged items.
6. Protection of items to remain as indicated on Drawings.
7. Relocate existing equipment to accommodate construction.
1.2 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule work to coincide with new construction.
B. Cease operations immediately when structure appears to be in danger and notify Architect/Engineer. Do not resume operations until directed.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building areas.
B. Coordinate demolition work with Owner.
C. Coordinate and sequence demolition so as not to cause shutdown of operation of surrounding areas.
D. Shut-down Periods:
1. Arrange timing of shut-down periods of in service panels with Owner. Do not shut down any utility without prior written approval.
2. Keep shut-down period to minimum or use intermittent period as directed by Owner. Maintain life-safety systems in full operation in occupied facilities, or provide notice minimum 3 days in advance.
E. Identify salvage items in cooperation with Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
SELECTIVE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 02 41 26 – 2
A. Verify existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verify wiring and equipment indicated to be demolished serve only abandoned facilities.
C. Verify termination points for demolished services.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Erect, and maintain temporary safeguards, including warning signs and lights, barricades, and similar measures, for protection of the public, Owner, Contractor’s employees, and existing improvements to remain.
B. Provide temporary egress signage and emergency lighting
3.3 DEMOLITION
A. Demolition Drawings are based on field observation [and existing record documents].
Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation.
B. Remove abandoned conduit, cabling and associated supports, including abandoned conduit and cables above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces to match existing.
C. Remove conduit, wire, boxes, and fastening devices to avoid any interference with new installation.
D. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal.
E. Remaining Circuits and Equipment: Reinstall existing electrical installations disturbed.
Certain existing electrical installations may be located in walls, ceilings or floors that are to be removed and are essential for the operation of other remaining installations. Where this condition occurs provide a new extension of original circuits, raceways, equipment and outlets to retain service continuity. Installations shall be concealed in finished areas.
F. Reconnect equipment being disturbed by renovation work and required for continuous service.
G. Disconnect or shut off service to areas where electrical work is to be removed. Remove electrical fixtures, equipment, and related switches, outlets, conduit and wiring which are not part of final project.
H. Install temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction.
I. Perform work on energized equipment or circuits with experienced and trained personnel.
J. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
K. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work.
L. Remove exposed abandoned grounding and bonding components, fasteners and supports, and electrical identification components, including abandoned components above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut embedded support elements flush with walls and floors.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
SELECTIVE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 02 41 26 – 3
M. Clean and repair existing equipment to remain or to be reinstalled.
N. Protect and retain power to existing active equipment remaining.
O. Cap abandoned empty conduit at both ends.
3.4 EXISTING PANELBOARDS
A. Ring out circuits in existing panel affected by the Work. Where additional circuits are needed, reuse circuits available for reuse. Install new breakers.
B. Tag unused circuits as spare.
C. Where existing circuits are indicated to be reused, use sensing measuring devices to verify circuits feeding Project area or are not in use.
D. Remove existing wire no longer in use from panel to equipment.
E. Provide new updated directories where circuits have been modified or rewired.
3.5 SALVAGE ITEMS
A. Remove and protect items indicated on Drawings to be salvaged and turn over to Owner.
B. Items of salvageable value may be removed as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed.
3.6 REUSABLE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
A. Carefully remove equipment, materials, or fixtures which are to be reused.
B. Disconnect, remove, or relocate existing electrical material and equipment interfering with new installation.
C. Relocate existing lighting fixtures as indicated on Drawings. Clean fixtures and re -lamp.
Test fixture to see if it is in good working condition before installation at new location.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Remove demolished materials as work progresses. Legally dispose.
B. Keep workplace neat.
C. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused.
D. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connectio ns.
Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions.
Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement.
E. Luminaries: Use mild detergent to clean all exterior and interior surfaces; rinse with clean water and wipe dry. Replace lamps, ballasts, and broken electrical parts.
3.8 RECYCLABLE AND REUSABLE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT:
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
SELECTIVE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 02 41 26 – 4
A. Contractor shall be responsible for recycling of all removed materials and equipment as part of this work. Materials shall be collected by a recognized and approved reuse and recycling center.
B. Recyclable and reusable material and equipment shall include but not limited to the following:
1. Plastic lighting diffusers
2. Ferrous metals
3. Non-ferrous metals
4. Fluorescent lamps and ballasts
3.9 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor surface.
END OF SECTION
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 20 00 – 1
SECTION 03 20 00 – CONCRETE REINFORCING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Reinforcing bars.
2. Reinforcement accessories.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute:
1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete.
2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
3. ACI 530.1 - Specifications for Masonry Structures.
4. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual.
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A82/A82M - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement.
2. ASTM A184/A184M - Standard Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement.
3. A185/A185M-07 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete.
4. ASTM A496/A496M - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement.
5. ASTM A497/A497M - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement.
6. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
7. ASTM A704/A704M - Standard Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement.
8. ASTM A706/A706M - Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
9. ASTM A767/A767M - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
10. ASTM A775/A775M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars.
11. ASTM A884/A884M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement.
12. ASTM A934/A934M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars.
13. ASTM A996/A996M - Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
C. American Welding Society:
1. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.
D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute:
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 20 00 – 2
1. CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice.
2. CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Indicate bar sizes, spacings, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel.
B. Certificates: Submit AWS qualification certificate for welders employed on the Work.
1. Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials anal ysis.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice.
B. Prepare shop drawings in accordance with ACI SP-66.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Welders: AWS qualified within previous 12 months.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate with placement of formwork, formed openings and other Work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, 60 yield grade, deformed billet bars uncoated finish.
2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate concrete reinforcement in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PLACEMENT
A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position beyond specified tolerance.
1. Do not weld crossing reinforcement bars for assembly B. Accommodate placement of formed openings.
END OF SECTION 03 20 00
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 1
SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes cast -in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cem ent, other pozzolans, and silica fume; materials subject to compliance with requirements.
B. W/C Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
1. Water shall not be added at site.
C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement.
D. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure.
1. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Architect.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:
1. Cementitious materials.
2. Admixtures.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 2
3. Form materials and form-release agents.
4. Steel reinforcement and accessories.
5. Waterstops.
6. Curing compounds.
7. Adhesives.
8. Vapor retarders.
B. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency:
1. Aggregates: Include service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity.
C. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer, detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork.
D. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements indicating compliance with specified tolerances.
E. Field quality-control reports.
F. Minutes of preinstallation conference.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI - certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI -certified Concrete Flatwork Technician.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.
1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities."
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage.
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced st rength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 3
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.
B. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) and as follows:
1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL
A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by req uirements in the Contract Documents:
1. ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
2. ACI 117 (ACI 117M).
2.2 FORM-FACING MATERIALS
A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form -facing panels that provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints.
1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials.
2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows:
a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better.
b. Medium-density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill -release agent treated and edge sealed.
c. Structural 1, B-B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. d. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed.
3. Overlaid Finnish birch plywood.
2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed.
2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain-steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs.
B. Epoxy-Coated Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain-steel bars, ASTM A 775/A 775M epoxy coated.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 4
C. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded -wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows:
1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports.
2. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar supports.
3. For zinc-coated reinforcement, use galvanized wire or dielectric -polymer-coated wire bar supports.
2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Materials:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I/II
2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F
3. Slag Cement: ASTM C 989/C 989M, Grade 100 or 120.
4. Blended Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C 595/C 595M, Type IS, por tland blast -furnace slag cement.
5. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica.
B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33/C 33M, Cla ss 3Scoarse aggregate or better, graded.
Provide aggregates from a single source[ with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials].
1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1 inch (25 mmnominal.
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
C. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M.
D. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water -soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete.
Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.
1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A.
2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.
3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F.
5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G.
6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II.
2.6 WATERSTOPS
A. Flexible Rubber Waterstops: CE CRD-C 513,[ with factory-installed metal eyelets,] for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes.
B. Self-Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodium bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/4 by 1 inch (19 by 25 mm).
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 5
2.7 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A.
2.8 CURING MATERIALS
A. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering.
2.9 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting propose d mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures.
B. Cementitious Materials:
1. Fly Ash: 25 percent.
2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent.
3. Slag Cement: 50 percent.
4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Slag Cement: 50 percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent.
5. Silica Fume: 10 percent.
6. Combined Fly Ash, Pozzolans, and Silica Fume: 35 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent.
7. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Slag Cement, and Silica Fume: 50 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent.
C. Limit water -soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15percent by weight of cement.
D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use water-reducingor plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability.
2. Use water -reducing and -retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions.
3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, conc rete required to be watertight, and concrete with a w/c ratio below 0.45.
4. Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated.
2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS
A. Footings: Normal-weight concrete.
1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) at 28 days.
2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.55.
3. Slump Limit: 4 inches (100 mm)
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 6
4. Air Content: 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-inch (38-mm) nominal maximum aggregate size.
B. Foundation Walls And Slab On Grade: Normal-weight concrete.
1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) at 28 days.
2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.45.
3. Slump Limit: 4 inches (100 mm)
4. Air Content: 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4-inch (38-mm) nominal maximum aggregate size.
C. Elevated Slabs
1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi (20.7 MPa) at 28 days.
2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.45.
3. Slump Limit: 4 inches (100 mm)
4. Air Content: 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4-inch (38-mm) nominal maximum aggregate size.
2.11 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
2.12 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94Mand furnish batch ticket information.
1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
B. Project-Site Mixing: Not permitted.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION
A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M), to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads.
B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117 (ACI 117M).
C. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
D. Construct forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast-concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 7
1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.
2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.
E. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.
F. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and secur ely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.
G. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
H. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items.
I. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete.
J. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment.
K. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement.
3.2 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC 303.
2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions.
3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated.
3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS
A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 168 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form -removal operations, and curing and protection operations need to be maintained.
B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material are not acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent.
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints.
Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 8
3.4 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION
A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Lap joints 6 inches (150 mm) and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.
B. Bituminous Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair bituminous vapor retarder according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement.
1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that reduce bond to concrete.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars.
1. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, where indicated.
D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Install welded -wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire.
F. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M. Use epoxy -coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy -coated steel reinforcement.
G. Zinc-Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged zinc coatings with zinc repair material according to ASTM A 780/A 780M. Use galvanized -steel wire ties to fasten zinc -coated steel reinforcement.
3.6 JOINTS
A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect.
1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue rei nforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs.
2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into concrete.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 9
3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam -girder intersection.
4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floor s, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs.
5. Space vertical joints in walls [as indicated] <Insert spacing>. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible.
6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.
7. Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.
8. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3.2-mm-) wide joints into concrete when cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks.
C. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint -filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.
1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated.
2. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together.
D. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.
3.7 WATERSTOP INSTALLATION
A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections are completed.
B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Architect.
C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing admixtures to mixture.
D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness.
If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 10
1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed for mwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints.
2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibr ators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duratio n of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate.
E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, wi thin limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete.
1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations, so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.
3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.
4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.
5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.
3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities.
1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view B. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed-finished as-cast concrete where indicated:
1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process.
2. Grout-Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thic k paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix 1 part portland cement to 1 -1/2 parts fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches, so color of dry grout matches adjacent s urfaces.
Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours.
3. Cork-Floated Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply a stiff grout. Mix 1 part portland cement and 1 part fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding agent and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches, so color of dry grout matches adjacent surfaces. Compress grout into voids by grinding surface. In a swirling motion, finish surface with a cork float.
3.10 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS
A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 11
B. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth an y surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings.
1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces exposed to view o r to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin -film- finish coating system.
2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M), for a randomly trafficked floor surface:
a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 45; and of levelness, F(L) 35; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 24.
3. Finish and measure surface, so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 10-ft.- (3.05-m-) long straightedge resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 3/16 inch (4.8 mm).
C. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thinset method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom.
1. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel-finished floor surfaces.
D. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.
1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber- bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application.
3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEM INSTALLATION
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indica ted or required to complete the Work.
B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded.
3.12 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 301 (ACI 301M) for hot-weather protection during curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 12
C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period.
D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishin g concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces.
E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:
1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray.
c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape.
a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings.
b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments.
c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor cov erings with either a moisture -retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies does not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project.
3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
3.13 JOINT FILLING
A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least [one] [six] month(s). Do not fill joint s until construction traffic has permanently ceased.
B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joints clean and dry.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 13
C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches (50 mm) deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening.
3.14 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.
B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing.
C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface de fects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
1. Immediately after form removal, cut ou t honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch (19 mm).
Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bo nding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form -tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar matches surrounding color.
Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher th an surrounding surface.
3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect.
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template.
1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch (0.25 mm) wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions.
2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.
3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete.
4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment.
Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch (6 mm) to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface.
6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch (19-mm) clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 – 14
apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete, except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose par ticles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar.
F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval.
3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports.
B. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M) within 24 > hours of finishing.
3.16 PROTECTION OF LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS
A. Protect liquid floor treatment from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period.
Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by liquid floor treatments installer.
END OF SECTION 03 30 00
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING 03 35 43 – 1
SECTION 03 35 43 - POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Polished concrete finishing
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS
A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatments for Polished Concrete Finish: Clear, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and is suitable for polished concrete surfaces.
1. Ardex K-520, by Ardex
2. Or equal
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 POLISHING
A. Polish: Level 2: Low sheen, 400 grit
B. Apply polished concrete finish system to cured and prepared slabs.
1. Machine grind floor surfaces to receive polished finishes level and smooth.
2. Apply reactive stain for polished concrete in polishing sequence and according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3. Apply penetrating liquid floor treatment for polished concrete in polishing sequence and according to manufacturer's written instructions, allowing recommended drying time between successive coats.
4. Continue polishing with progressively finer-grit diamond polishing pads to gloss level, to match approved mockup.
5. Control and dispose of waste products produced by grinding and polishing operations.
6. Neutralize and clean polished floor surfaces.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING 03 35 43 – 2
END OF SECTION 03 35 43
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
GLASS UNIT MASONRY 04 23 00 – 1
SECTION 04 23 00 - GLASS UNIT MASONRY
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Glass block set in mortar.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples: Glass-block units, and joint materials involving color selection.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GLASS BLOCK
A. Hollow Glass Block GB-1: Hollow units made from transparent glass, with manufacturer's standard edge coating.
1. Glass Color: Match existing
2. Pattern: match existing
3. Edge-Coating Color: Match existing
4. Sizes: Match existing
5. Coordinate with owner on any available attic stock
2.2 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I or Type II. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated.
1. Where joints are indicated to be raked out and pointed, gray cement may be used for setting mortar.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients.
D. Aggregate: ASTM C144, with 100 percent passing No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve.
1. For pointing mortar and joints narrower than 1/4 inch (6 mm), use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve.
2. White Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
GLASS UNIT MASONRY 04 23 00 – 2
E. Water-Repellent Admixture: Dry mixture of stearates, water -reducing agents, and fine aggregates intended to reduce capillarity in mortar.
F. Water-Repellent Admixture: Liquid polymeric water-repellent mortar admixture that does not reduce flexural bond strength of mortar.
G. Water: Potable.
2.3 MORTAR MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures unless otherwise indicated.
1. For mortar in exterior panels, use water -repellent admixture according to admixture manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Mortar for Glass Unit Masonry Assemblies: Comply with ASTM C270, Proportion Specification for Type S mortar.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLING GLASS BLOCK WITH MORTAR
A. Apply a heavy coat of asphalt emulsion to sill and adhere expansion strips to jambs and heads with asphalt emulsion. Allow asphalt emulsion to dry before placing mortar. Trim expansion strips to width required to fit glass block and to full lengths of heads and jambs.
B. Set glass block with completely filled bed and head joints, with no furrowing, accurately spaced and coordinated with other construction. Maintain 3/8-inch (10-mm) exposed joint widths unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install panel reinforcement in horizontal joints at spacing indicated and continuously from end to end of panels; comply with the following requirements:
1. Vertical Spacing of Panel Reinforcement for Exterior Panels: Every other course but not more than 16 inches (407 mm) o.c., starting with first course above sill
2. Vertical Spacing of Panel Reinforcement for Interior Panels: Not more than 16 inches (407 mm) o.c.
3. Do not bridge expansion joints with panel reinforcement.
4. Place panel reinforcement in joints immediately above and below all openings within glass unit masonry assemblies.
5. Lap panel reinforcement not less than 6 inches (150 mm) if more than one length is necessary.
D. Use temporary wedges in mortar joints to produce uniform joint widths and to prevent mortar from being squeezed out of joints.
E. Keep expansion joints free of mortar.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
GLASS UNIT MASONRY 04 23 00 – 3
F. Rake out joints indicated to be pointed to a uniform depth sufficient to accommodate pointing material, but not less than joint width.
1. Point joints at both faces of exterior panels with mortar.
G. Point joints with mortar by filling raked joints and voids. Place and compact pointing mortar in layers not more than 3/8 inch (10 mm) thick. Compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer.
1. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when pointing mortar is thumbprint hard. Use a smooth plastic jointer larger than joint width.
H. Install sealant at jambs, heads, mullions, and other locations indicated. Prepare joints, including installation of primer and bond -breaker tape or cyli ndrical sealant backing, and apply elastomeric sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants."
3.2 INSTALLING GLASS BLOCK WITH SEALANT
A. General: Install mortarless glass-block systems according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Fasten frames and anchors or clips securely to surrounding construction.
2. Shim starting track as needed to make it level.
3. Adhere glass block to starting track and spacers with silicone sealant.
B. After glass blocks are installed, apply sealant to completely f ill channel around each glass block, and tool flush with exterior surface. Remove excess sealant and smears.
3.3 GLASS-BLOCK GRID SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. General: Install glass-block grid systems according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Window and Wall System Installation: Assemble grid system, apply continuous sealant bead to back of window Z -bar, place in position, adjust as needed to make grid level and plumb, and fasten to substrate.
1. Insert glass blocks into vinyl glass-block boots and carefully insert into grid from exterior side. Install blocks firmly against T-bars without deforming boots.
2. Apply sealant to completely fill channel around each glass block, and tool flush with exterior surface. Remove excess sealant and smears.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Perform final cleaning of glass unit masonry assemblies when surface is not exposed to direct sunlight. Start at top of panel using generous amounts of clean water. Remove water with clean, dry, soft cloths; change cloths frequently to eliminate dried mortar particles and aggregate.
END OF SECTION 04 23 00
This page intentionally left blank.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 – 1
SECTION 05 12 00 – STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Structural steel.
2. Prefabricated building columns.
3. Field-installed shear connectors.
4. Grout.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Structural Steel: Elements of the structural frame indicated on Dr awings and as described in AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." B. Seismic-Load-Resisting System: Elements of structural -steel frame designated as "SLRS" or along grid lines designated as "SLRS" on Drawings, including columns, beams, and braces and their connections.
C. Heavy Sections: Rolled and built-up sections as follows:
1. Shapes included in ASTM A 6/A 6M with flanges thicker than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm).
2. Welded built-up members with plates thicker than 2 inches (50 mm).
3. Column base plates thicker than 2 inches (50 mm).
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.
B. Coordinate installation of anc horage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 – 2
1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data.
2. Include embedment Drawings.
3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain.
4. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical, high-strength bolted connections.
5. Identify members and connections of the Seismic-Load-Resisting System.
6. Indicate locations and dimensions of protected zones.
7. Identify demand critical welds.
C. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs) and Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs): Provide according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for each welded joint[whether prequalified or qualified by testing, including the following:
1. Power source (constant current or constant voltage).
2. Electrode manufacturer and trade name, for demand critical welds.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer, fabricator.
B. Welding certificates.
C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.
D. Mill test reports for structural steel, including chemical and physical properties.
E. Product Test Reports: For the following:
1. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis.
2. Direct-tension indicators.
3. Tension-control, high-strength, bolt-nut-washer assemblies.
4. Shear stud connectors.
5. Shop primers.
6. Nonshrink grout.
F. Survey of existing conditions.
G. Source quality-control reports.
H. Field quality-control and special inspection reports.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC -Certified Plant, Category STD, or is accredited by the IAS Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel (AC 172)].
B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category ACSE
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 – 3
C. Shop-Painting Applicators: Qualified according to AISC's Sophisticated Paint Endorsement P1or to SSPC-QP 3, "Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Shop Painting Applicators." D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
1. Welders and welding operators performing work on bottom -flange, demand-critical welds shall pass the supplemental welder qualification testing, as required by AWS D1.8/D1.8M.
FCAW-S and FCAW -G shall be considered separate processes for welding personnel qualification.
E. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents:
1. AISC 303.
2. AISC 341 and AISC 341s1.
3. AISC 360.
4. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration.
1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to membe rs or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed.
B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact.
1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting age ncy observes repackaging and seals containers.
2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use.
3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F 1852 fasteners and for retesting fasteners after lubrication.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS
A. W-Shapes: Per Plan
B. Channels, Angles: Per plan.
C. Plate and Bar: Per Plan
D. Corrosion-Resisting Structural-Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 588/A 588M, Grade 50 (345).
E. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: Per Plan
F. Steel Pipe: Per Plan
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 – 4
G. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements.
2.2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS
A. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 490 (ASTM A 490M), Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts or tension-control, bolt-nut-washer assemblies with splined ends; ASTM A 563, Grade DH, (ASTM A 563M, Class 10S) heavy-hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M), Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers with plain finish.
1. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 490 (ASTM F 959M, Type 10.9), compressible-washer type with plain finish.
B. Unheaded Anchor Rods: Per Plan
C. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36.
1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy-hex carbon steel.
2. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel.
3. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M), Type 1, hardened carbon steel.
4. Finish: [Plain] [Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C] [Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50].
D. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M)heavy-hex carbon steel.
2. Washers: [ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M), Type 1, hardened carbon steel.
3. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C.
E. Eye Bolts and Nuts: Made from cold-finished carbon steel bars, ASTM A 108, Grade 1030.
F. Sleeve Nuts: Made from cold-finished carbon steel bars, ASTM A 108, Grade 1018.
2.3 PRIMER
A. Primer: Comply with Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting" and Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting." B. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25, Type II, zinc oxide, alkyd, linseed oil primer.
C. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25 BCS, Type II, zinc oxide, alkyd, linseed oil primer.
D. Primer: SSPC-Paint 23, latex primer.
E. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead - and chromate -free, nonasphaltic, rust -inhibiting primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.
F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780/A 780M.
2.4 GROUT
A. Metallic, Shrinkage -Resistant G rout: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, factory -packaged, metallic aggregate grout, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 – 5
B. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges," and to AISC 360.
1. Camber structural-steel members where indicated.
2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up.
3. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6/A 6M and maintain markings until structural steel has been erected.
4. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly.
5. Complete structural -steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop - priming operations.
B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible.
1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces.
D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads.
E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to SSPC - SP 1, "Solvent CleaningRetain "Shear Connectors" Paragraph below if shear connectors are shop installed to structural steel.
F. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed -stud s hear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions.
G. Steel Wall-Opening Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel wall-opening framing to be attached to structural-steel frame. Straighten as required to provide uniform, square, and true members in completed wall framing. Build up welded framing, weld exposed joints continuously, and grind smooth.
H. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel members.
1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning.
2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces.
3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work.
2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS
A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high -strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 – 6
1. Joint Type: Slip critical.
B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.8/D1.8M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work.
1. Assemble and weld built -up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC 303 for mill material.
2.7 SHOP PRIMING
A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following:
1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches (50 mm).
2. Surfaces to be field welded.
3. Surfaces of high-strength bolted, slip-critical connections.
4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials (applied fireproofing).
5. Galvanized surfaces.
6. Surfaces enclosed in interior construction.
B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards:
1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning."
2. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
3. SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4, "Brush-off Blast Cleaning."
4. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal."
5. SSPC-SP 14/NACE No. 8, "Industrial Blast Cleaning."
6. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
7. SSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2, "Near-White Blast Cleaning."
8. SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning."
9. SSPC-SP 8, "Pickling."
C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces.
1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
2. Apply two coats of shop paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assem bly or erection.
Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first.
D. Painting: Prepare steel and apply a one -coat, nonasphaltic primer complying with SSPC - PS Guide 7.00, "Painting System Guide 7.00: Guide for Selecting One -Coat Shop Painting Systems," to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm).
2.8 GALVANIZING
A. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel according to ASTM A 123/A 123M.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 – 7
1. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the finished Work unless they function as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth.
2. Galvanize lintels shelf angles and welded door frames attached to structural -steel frame and located in exterior walls.
2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engagea qualified testing agency to perform shop tests and inspections.
1. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural -steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections.
B. Bolted Connections: Inspect and test shop -bolted connections according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Welded Connections: Visually inspect shop -welded connections according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:
1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld.
Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted.
3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.
4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.
D. In addition to visual inspection, test and ins pect shop -welded shear connectors according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M for stud welding and as follows:
1. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less -than-continuous 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector.
2. Conduct tests according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested.
E. Prepare test and inspection reports.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify, with certified steel erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements.
1. Prepare a certified survey of existing conditions. Include bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 – 8
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports whe n permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated.
1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporti ng composite deck construction until cast -in- place concrete has attained its design compressive strength.
3.3 ERECTION
A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and AISC 360.
B. Baseplates Bearing Plates an d Leveling Plates: Clean concrete - and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates.
1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required.
2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate.
3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed.
Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of p late before packing with grout.
4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain.
Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts.
C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Be fore assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that are in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment.
1. Level and plumb individual members of structure.
2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service.
E. Splice members only where indicated.
F. Do not use thermal cutting during erection.
G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts.
H. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed -stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 – 9
3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS
A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified.
1. Joint Type: Pretensioned Slip critical.
B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.8/D1.8M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work.
1. Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.
2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth.
3. Assemble and weld built -up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges," for mill material.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspec tor to perform the following special inspections:
1. Verify structural-steel materials and inspect steel frame joint details.
2. Verify weld materials and inspect welds.
3. Verify connection materials and inspect high-strength bolted connections.
B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
C. Bolted Connections: Inspect and test bolted connections according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
D. Welded Connections: Visually inspect field welds according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
1. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field welds according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:
a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.
d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.
E. In addition to visual i nspection, test and inspect field -welded shear connectors according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M for stud welding and as follows:
1. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less -than-continuous 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector.
2. Conduct tests according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 – 10
3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.
B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean exposed areas where primer is damaged or missing and paint wi th the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC -PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC -SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC -SP 3 power-tool cleaning.
C. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting" and Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting."
D. Touchup Priming: Cleaning and touchup priming are specified in Section 09 96 00 "High- Performance Coatings."
END OF SECTION 05 12 00
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 – 1
SECTION 05 40 00 – COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Interior non-load-bearing wall framing.
2. Ceiling joist framing.
3. Soffit framing.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of cold-formed steel framing product and accessory.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For testing agency.
B. Welding certificates.
C. Product Test Reports: For each listed product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
1. Steel sheet.
2. Expansion anchors.
3. Power-actuated anchors.
4. Mechanical fasteners.
5. Vertical deflection clips.
6. Horizontal drift deflection clips
7. Miscellaneous structural clips and accessories.
D. Research Reports: For non-standard cold-formed steel framing, from ICC-ES.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.
B. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including base-metal thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, and metallic-coating thickness.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 – 2
C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
2. AWS D1.3/D1.3M, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." D. Comply with AISI S230 "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - Prescriptive Method for One and Two Family Dwellings."
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect cold -formed steel framing from corrosion, moisture staining, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL
A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating weight as follows:
1. Grade: ST50H (ST340H)
2. Coating: G60 (Z180), A60 (ZF180), AZ50 (AZ150), or GF30 (ZGF90) B. Steel Sheet for Vertical DeflectionClips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows:
1. Grade: 50 (340), Class 1
2. Coating: G60 (Z180).
2.2 EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING
A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C -shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows:
B. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch (1.09 mm) Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U- shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch (1.09 mm Matching steel studs.
2. Flange Width: 1-1/2 inches >.
C. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web.
D. Single Deflection Track: Manufacturer's single, de ep-leg, U-shaped steel track; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, of web depth to contain studs while allowing free vertical movement, with flanges designed to support horizontal loads and transfer them to the primary structure, and as follows:
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 – 3
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm))].
2. Flange Width: [2 inch (25 mm) plus the design gap for one-story structures
2.3 ROOF-RAFTER FRAMING
A. Steel Rafters: Manufacturer's standard C -shaped steel sections, of web depths indicated, with stiffened flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch (1.09 mm)
2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches (41 mm minimum.
2.4 CEILING JOIST FRAMING
A. Steel Ceiling Joists: Manufacturer's standard C -shaped steel sections, of web depths indicated, [unpunched,] [punched with enlarged service holes,] [punched with standard holes,] with stiffened flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch (0.84 mm)..
2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches (41 mm))], minimum.
2.5 SOFFIT FRAMING
A. Exterior Soffit Frame: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel sections, of web depths indicated, with stiffened flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch (1.09 mm)
2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) minimum.
2.6 FRAMING ACCESSORIES
A. Fabricate steel-framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members.
B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherw ise indicated, as follows:
1. Supplementary framing.
2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking.
3. Web stiffeners.
4. Anchor clips.
5. End clips.
6. Foundation clips.
7. Gusset plates.
8. Stud kickers and knee braces.
9. Joist hangers and end closures.
10. Hole reinforcing plates.
11. Backer plates.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 – 4
2.7 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS
A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc c oated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M.
B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36 threaded carbon-steel hex-headed bolts and carbon-steel nuts; and flat, hardened -steel washers; zinc coated by mechanically deposition according to ASTM B 695, Class 50.
C. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with allowable load capacities calculated according to ICC - ES AC70, greater than or equal t o the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency.
D. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, self-tapping, steel drill screws.
1. Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere.
E. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2 -1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration.
B. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage -compensating agents, and plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, with fluid consistency and 30 - minute working time.
C. Shims: Load bearing, high -density multimonomer plastic, and nonleaching; or of cold -formed steel of same grade and coating as framing members supported by shims.
D. Sealer Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam , 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members.
2.9 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate cold-formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI's specifications and standards, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.
1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates.
2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.
3. Fasten cold-formed steel framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, pneumatic pin fastening, or riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted.
a. Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 – 5
b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install acco rding to Shop Drawings, with screw penetrating joined members by no fewer than three exposed screw threads.
4. Fasten other materials to cold -formed steel fr aming by welding, bolting, pneumatic pin fastening, or screw fastening, according to Shop Drawings.
B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent distortion.
C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows:
1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials.
2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold -formed steel fram ing assembly to a maximum out -of- square tolerance of 1/8 inch (3 mm).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Before sprayed fire -resistive materials are applied, attach c ontinuous angles, supplementary framing, or tracks to structural members indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials.
B. After applying sprayed fire-resistive materials, remove only as much of these materials as needed to complete installation of co ld-formed framing without reducing thickness of fire -resistive materials below that are required to obtain fire-resistance rating indicated. Protect remaining fire- resistive materials from damage.
C. Install load bearing shims or grout between the underside of load -bearing wall bottom track and the top of foundation wall or slab at locations with a gap larger tha n 1/4 inch (6 mm) to ensure a uniform bearing surface on supporting concrete or masonry construction.
D. Install sealer gaskets at the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and at the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cold-formed steel framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled.
B. Install cold-formed steel framing according to AISI S200 and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 – 6
C. Install shop- or field-fabricated, cold-formed framing and securely anchor to supporting structure.
1. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush, even, true-to-line joints with maximum variation in p lane and true position between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch (1.6 mm).
D. Install cold -formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened.
1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.
2. Fasten cold-formed steel framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration.
E. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members.
F. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, u ntil entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured.
G. Do not bridge building expansion joints with cold-formed steel framing. Independently frame both sides of joints.
H. Install insulation, specified in Section 07 21 00 "Thermal Insulation," in built -up exterior framing members, such as headers, sil ls, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work.
I. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's approved or standard punched openings.
J. Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed steel framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows:
1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials.
3.4 INTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION
A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated.
B. Fasten both flanges of studs to[ top and] bottom track unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows:
1. Stud Spacing: As indicated.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 – 7
C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements.
D. Isolate non-load-bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support.
1. Install single deep-leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure.
2. Install double deep-leg deflection tracks and anchor outer track to building structure.
3. Connect vertical deflection clips to infill studs and anchor to building structure.
4. Connect drift clips to cold-formed metal framing and anchor to building structure.
E. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced vertically in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches (1220 mm) apart. Fasten at each stud intersection.
1. Top Bridging for Single Deflection Track: Install row of horizontal bridging within 18 inches (450 mm) of single deflection track. Install a combination of bridging and stud or stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness matching studs, secured to stud webs or flanges.
2. Bridging: Cold-rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs.
3. Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness ind icated and stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges.
4. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written instructions.
F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall-framing system.
3.5 JOIST INSTALLATION
A. Install perimeter joist track sized to match joists. Align and securely anchor or fasten track to supporting structure at corners, ends, and spacings indicated on Shop Drawings.
B. Install joists bearing on supporting frame, level, straight, and plumb; adjust to final position, brace, and reinforce. Fasten joists to both flanges of joist track.
1. Install joists over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm).
2. Reinforce ends and bearing points of joists with web stiffeners, end clips, joist hangers, steel clip angles, or steel-stud sections as indicated on Shop Drawings.
C. Frame openings with built -up joist headers consisting of joist and joist track, or another combination of connected joists if indicated.
D. Install joist reinforcement at interior supports with single, short length of joist section located directly over interior support, with lapped joists of equal length to joist reinforcement, or as indicated[ on Shop Drawings].
1. Install web stiffeners to transfer axial loads of walls above.
E. Install bridging at intervals indicated. Fasten bridging at each joist intersection as follows:
1. Bridging: Joist-track solid blocking of width and thickness indicated, secured to joist webs.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 – 8
2. Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and joist-track solid blocking of width and thickness indicated. Fasten flat straps to bottom flange of joists and secure solid blocking to joist webs.
F. Secure joists to load-bearing interior walls to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange.
G. Install miscellaneous joist framing and connections, including web stiffeners, closure pieces, clip angles, continuous angles, hold-down angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable joist-framing assembly.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting.
C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect.
D. Remove and replace work where te st results indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements.
E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
3.7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold-formed steel framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that cold-formed steel framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 05 40 00
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 – 1
SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS
GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Metal Ladder
2. Ornamental Metal Fencing
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Metal Ladders
2. Ornamental Metal Fencing
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Low-Emitting Materials: Submit manufacturer’s VOC content documentation for any field- applied primer, paint or coating. Submit VOC emissions test certification for any field - applied interior primer, paint or coating, and non-shrink grout.
C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements," to design ladders.
B. Structural Performance of Aluminum Ladders: Aluminum ladders shall withstand the effects of loads and stresses within limits and under conditions specified in ANSI A14.3.
C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces D. Structural Performance of Ladders: Provide ladders capable of withstanding the effects of loads and stresses within limits and under conditions specified in ANSI A14.3.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 – 2
2.2 METALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.
B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
C. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
D. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276,[Type 304 E. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M, cold-formed steel tubing.
F. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated.
G. Steel Sheet & Plate: 16 gauge, 24 gauge, ¼” and ½” as indicated on drawings H. Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Rope: ASTM A 741.
1. Wire-Rope Fittings: Hot-dip galvanized-steel connectors with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to minimum breaking strength of wire rope with which they are used.
I. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4.
1. Size of Channels: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches and As indicated
2. Material: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G90 coating; 0.079-inchnominal thickness.
J. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M, unless otherwise indicated.
K. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6.
L. Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632/B 632M, Alloy 6061-T6.
M. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, Alloy 443.0-F.
N. Bronze Extrusions: ASTM B 455, Alloy UNS No. C38500 (extruded architectural bronze).
O. Bronze Castings: ASTM B 584, Alloy UNS No. C83600 (leaded red brass) or No. C84400 (leaded semired brass).
P. Nickel Silver Castings: ASTM B 584, Alloy UNS No. C97600 (20 percent leaded nickel bronze).
2.3 FASTENERS
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
1. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum.
2. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel.
3. Provide bronze fasteners for fastening bronze.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 – 3
B. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329.
C. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors.
1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.
D. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting.Section 09 91 23 Interior Painting.
B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.
1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc -rich primer.
C. Water-Based Primer: Emulsion type, anticorrosive primer for mildly corrosive environments that is resistant to flash rusting when applied to cleaned steel, complying with MPI#107 and compatible with topcoat.
D. Finishes
1. Galvanizing:
a. General: Hot-dip process per ASTM A123. Minimum 2 ounces coating per square foot (G85).
b. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC- Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.
2. Galvanizing coating and galvanizing repair paint shall contain no intentionally added lead.
E. Shop Painting: Per SSPC standards.
F. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat.
G. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.
H. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 – 4
I. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.
J. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Section 03 30 00 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal- weight, air-entrained, concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi.
2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.
B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
C. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended.
D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
E. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
F. Exposed Steel: Comply with ASIC Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel fabrication requirements.
G. Fabricating with Galvanized Material: Fabrications to be painted or concealed may be fabricated from galvanized materials. Treat all welds, cut ends, and any surfaces where galvanizing has been removed or damaged with specified repair compound to the specified thickness.
H. Welding: Use sequence welding to minimize distortion and heat stresses. Weld by shielded electric arc process per AWS. Use continuous welding along entire area of contact, unless detailed otherwise. Grind all welds smooth on exposed surfaces. Spot welding not permitted on exposed surfaces.
I. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 – 5
B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction.
C. Fabricate steel girders for wood frame construction from continuous steel shapes of sizes indicated.
1. Where wood nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws, drill or punch holes at 24 inches o.c.
D. Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction from steel pipe with steel baseplates and top plates as indicated. Drill or punch baseplates and top plates for anchor and connection bolts and weld to pipe with fillet welds all around. Make welds the same size as p ipe wall thickness unless otherwise indicated.
2.7 METAL LADDER
A. Approved Products:
1. Alaco 563 Fixed Aluminum Ladder, by Alaco Ladder Co.
2. ALACCBP, by Industrial Ladder & Scaffolding, Inc.
B. Minimum Ladder Requirements:
1. Space siderails 20 inches apart unless otherwise indicated.
2. Material: 6061-T6 aluminum alloy with factory applied paint, Custom color to match existing wall. Provide color match samples for architect to select.
3. Siderails: Continuous, 1/4-by-2-1/2-inch aluminum flat bars, with eased edges.
4. Rungs: 1-1/8” dia. round rungs
5. Parapet Return Handrail: 42” above top-most walking surface
6. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung.
7. Provide security panel, 7’-0” high min.
8. Comply with ANSI A14.3.
2.8 ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCE
A. Exterior Ornamental Metal Fence:
1. BASIS OF DESIGN: Montage II, by Ameristar, or eq.
2. Style: Invincible
3. Pickets: 1-inch sq x 14ga (4-inch standard picket airspace)
4. Rails: 1-3/4-inch sq x 12ga
5. Posts: 3-inch x 12ga
6. Height: 7-feet
7. Gate: Provide 7-foot high swing gate with posts & locking hardware
8. Color: Black
9. Warranty: 20yrs
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 – 6
2.9 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible.
B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work.
C. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim.
D. Prime exterior miscellaneous steel trim with zinc-rich primer.
2.10 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES
A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting.
2.11 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES
A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete.
2.12 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
2.13 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.
B. Shop prime iron and steel items unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated.
C. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, Commercial Blast Cleaning Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 – 7
EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.
B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.
D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction.
E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
3.2 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES
A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates.
B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with nonshrink grout. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.
END OF SECTION 05 50 00
This page intentionally left blank.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 13 – 1
SECTION 05 52 13 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel tube railings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 05 51 13 "Metal Pan Stairs" for steel tube railings associated with metal pan stairs.
2. Section 05 51 19 "Metal Grating Stairs" for steel tube railings associated with metal pan stairs.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Manufacturer's product lines of mechanically connected railings.
2. Railing brackets.
3. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Test Reports: For pipe and tube railings, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency, according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935.
PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of railing from single source, single manufacturer.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Railings, including attachment to building construction, shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:
1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards:
a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf applied in any direction. c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
2. Infill of Guards:
a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft..
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 13 – 2
b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
2.3 METALS, GENERAL
A. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated.
1. Provide type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt and that provides 1-1/2-inch clearance from inside face of handrail to finished wall surface.
2.4 STEEL AND IRON
A. Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed) or ASTM A 513.
B. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
C. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M, unless otherwise indicated.
2.5 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide the following:
1. Ungalvanized-Steel Railings: Plated steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5 for zinc coating.
2. Hot-Dip Galvanized Railings: Type 304 stainless-steel or hot-dip zinc-coated steel fasteners complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329 for zinc coating.
3. Stainless-Steel Railings: Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners.
B. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 2 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Low-Emitting Materials: Paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Ch ambers." B. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded.
C. Etching Cleaner for Galvanized Metal: Complying with MPI#25.
D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 13 – 3
E. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting" and Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting."
F. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc -coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated.
G. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.
H. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.
2.7 FABRICATION
A. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
B. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces.
C. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings.
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces.
D. Nonwelded Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings.
Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints.
E. Form changes in direction by bending or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings.
F. For changes in direction made by bending, use jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required. Maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components.
G. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings.
H. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated.
I. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated.
1. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster or gypsum board partitions, provide crush - resistant fillers or other means to transfer loads through wall finishes to structural supports and prevent bracket or fitting rotation and crushing of substrate.
2.8 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES
A. Stainless Steel Tubing Finishes:
1. 180-Grit Polished Finish: Uniform, directionally textured finish.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 13 – 4
B. Stainless Steel Sheet and Plate Finishes:
1. Directional Satin Finish: ASTM A 489/A 480, No. 4.
EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack.
1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that are coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting.
2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet.
3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet.
B. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
3.2 ANCHORING POSTS
A. Form or core-drill holes not less than 5 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of post for installing posts in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Anchor posts to metal surfaces with oval flanges, angle type, or floor type as required by conditions, connected to posts and to metal supporting members.
3.3 ATTACHING RAILINGS
A. Attach railings to wall with wall brackets, except where end flanges are used. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads.
B. Secure wall brackets and railing end flanges to building construction as follows:
1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled-in expansion shields and hanger or lag bolts.
2. For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts.
3. For steel-framed partitions, use self-tapping screws fastened to steel framing or to concealed steel reinforcements.
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 13 – 5
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 05 52 13
This page intentionally left blank.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 53 – 1
SECTION 06 10 53 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Wood blocking and nailers.
2. Plywood backing panels.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES:
1. Preservative-treated wood.
2. Power-driven fasteners.
PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece.
3. Dress lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 15 percent unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS
A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in contact with ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with ground.
1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron (SBX) for sill plates.
B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material.
C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review.
D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 53 – 2
1. Wood nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.
2.3 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS
A. Equipment Backing Panels: Plywood, DOC PS 1, Exterior, A-C, fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 3/4-inch nominal thickness.
2.4 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.
1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fastenersof Type 304 stainless steel.
B. Screws for Fastening to Metal Framing: ASTM C 1002, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened.
C. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70.
EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated.
B. Install plywood backing panels by fastening to studs; coordinate locations with utilities requiring backing panels. Install fire-retardant-treated plywood backing panels with classification marking of testing agency exposed to view.
C. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.
D. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber.
E. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following:
1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code.
2. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings.
3. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment.
Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label.
END OF SECTION 06 10 53
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 – 1
SECTION 06 41 16 - PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS
GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Plastic-laminate-faced architectural cabinets.
1.3 Wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing plastic-laminate-faced architectural cabinets that are not concealed within other construction.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to support loads imposed by installed and fully loaded cabinets.
1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical-treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements.
B. Shop Drawings: For plastic-laminate-faced architectural cabinets.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.
2. Show large-scale details.
3. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections.
4. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for items installed in plastic-laminate architectural cabinets.
5. Comply to AWI Standards and Procedure for shop drawings.
C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, in manufacturer's or fabricator's standard size.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in - service performance.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 – 2
1. Comply with AWI Quality Standards.
B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not deliver cabinets until painting and similar finish operations that might damage architectural cabinets have been completed in installation areas. Store cabinets in installat ion areas or in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Field Conditions" Article.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cabinets until building is enclosed, wet -work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period.
B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cabinets until building is enclosed, wet -work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F and relative humidity between 43 and 70 percent during the remainder of the construction period.
C. Field Measurements: Where cabinets are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
1. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support cabinets by field measurements before being enclosed/concealed by construction, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
D. Established Dimensions: Where cabinets are indicated to fit to other construction, establish dimensions for areas where cabinets are to fit. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions.
PRODUCTS
2.1 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS
A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for grades of cabinets indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements.
1. The Contract Documents contain requirements that are more stringent than the referenced quality standard. Comply with requirements of Contract Documents in addition to those of the referenced quality standard.
B. Grade: Custom.
C. Type of Construction: Frameless.
D. Door and Drawer-Front Style: Flush overlay.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 – 3
E. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated or if not indicated, as required by quality standard.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by as indicated in the Finish Schedule on Drawings.
F. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces:
1. Horizontal Surfaces: Grade HGS.
2. Postformed Surfaces: Grade HGP.
3. Vertical Surfaces: Grade VGS.
4. Edges:
a. Doors and Drawers: PVC edge banding, 0.12 inch thick (3 mm), matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish.
b. Side Panels and Boxes: PVC tape, 0.018-inch minimum thickness, matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish
5. Pattern Direction: Vertically for drawer fronts, doors, and fixed panels unless indicated otherwise.
G. Materials for Semi-exposed Surfaces:
1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Thermoset decorative panels. a. Edges of Plastic-Laminate Shelves: PVC tape, 0.018-inch minimum thickness, matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish.
b. Edges of Thermoset Decorative Panel Shelves: PVC or polyester edge banding. c. For semi-exposed backs of panels with exposed plastic-laminate surfaces, provide surface of high-pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LD 3, Grade VGS.
2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Thermoset decorative panels with PVC or polyester edge banding.
3. Drawer Bottoms: Thermoset decorative panels.
H. Dust Panels: 1/4-inch plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers unless located directly under tops.
I. Concealed Backs of Panels with Exposed Plastic-Laminate Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LD 3, Grade BKL.
J. Drawer Construction: Fabricate with exposed fronts fastened to subfront with mounting s crews from interior of body.
1. Join subfronts, backs, and sides with glued rabbeted joints supplemented by mechanical fasteners.
K. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements:
1. As indicated in the Finish Schedule on the Drawings.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 – 4
2.2 WOOD MATERIALS
A. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of architectural cabinet and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated.
1. Wood Moisture Content: 5 to 10 percent.
B. Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of architectural cabinet and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated.
1. Medium-Density Fiberboard (MDF): ANSI A208.2, Grade 130.
2. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2-Exterior Glue.
3. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, medium-density overlay.
4. Thermoset Decorative Panels: Particleboard or MDF finished with thermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper and complying with requirements of NEMA LD 3, Grade VGL, for Test Methods 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.8, and 3.10.
2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS
A. Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials, General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, use materials that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and with fire -test-response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency.
1. Use treated materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard. Do not use materials that are warped, discolored, or otherwise defective.
2. Use fire-retardant-treatment formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Do not use colorants to distinguish treated materials from untreated materials.
3. Identify fire-retardant-treated materials with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency in the form of removable paper label or imprint on surfaces that will be concealed from view after installation.
B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test.
1. Kiln-dry lumber and plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 15 percent, respectively.
C. Fire-Retardant Particleboard: Made from softwood particles and fire-retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel manufacture to achieve flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke- developed index of 25 or less per ASTM E 84.
1. For panels 3/4 inch thick and less, comply with ANSI A208.1 for Grade M-2 except for the following minimum properties: modulus of rupture, 1600 psi; modulus of elasticity, 300,000 psi; internal bond, 80 psi; and screw-holding capacity on face and edge, 250 and 225 lbf, respectively.
2. For panels 13/16 to 1-1/4 inches thick, comply with ANSI A208.1 for Grade M-1 except for the following minimum properties: modulus of rupture, 1300 psi; modulus of elasticity, 250,000 psi; linear expansion, 0.50 percent; and screw-holding capacity on face and edge, 250 and 175 lbf, respectively.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 – 5
D. Fire-Retardant Fiberboard: MDF panels complying with ANSI A208.2, made from softwood fibers, synthetic resins, and fire-retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel manufacture to achieve flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-developed index of 200 or less per ASTM E 84.
2.4 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets except for items specified in "Door Hardware
B. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMA A156.9, B01602, 135 degrees of opening.
C. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal, 4 inches long, 5/16 inch in diameter.
D. Catches: Push-in magnetic catches, BHMA A156.9, B03131.
E. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: BHMA A156.9, B04071; with shelf rests, B04081.
F. Shelf Rests: BHMA A156.9, B04013; metal.
G. Drawer Slides: BHMA A156.9.
1. Grade 1 and Grade 2: Side mounted.
a. Type: Full extension.
b. Material: Zinc-plated steel with polymer rollers.
2. Grade 1HD-100 and Grade 1HD-200: Side mounted; full-extension type; zinc-plated-steel ball-bearing slides.
3. For drawers not more than 3 inches high and not more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 2.
4. For drawers more than 3 inches high, but not more than 6 inches high and not more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1HD-100.
5. For drawers more than 6 inches high or more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1HD- 100.
6. For computer keyboard shelves, provide Grade 1.
7. For trash bins not more than 20 inches high and 16 inches wide, provide Grade 1HD-200.
H. Slides for Sliding Glass Doors: BHMA A156.9, B07063; aluminum.
I. Door Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07121.
J. Drawer Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07041.
K. Door and Drawer Silencers: BHMA A156.16, L03011.
L. Door Push Latches: Magnetic Pressure Push Latch, 0.5 kg Pull, Häfele America Co.; single door: Item No. 245.80.310, double doors: Item No. 245.80.320 M. Tempered Float Glass for Cabinet Doors: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Quality-Q3, 6 mm thick unless otherwise indicated.
N. Grommets for Cable Passage: 2-inch OD, molded-plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 – 6
1. Color: Black.
2. Provide for wire passage at all countertops requiring cable passage (e.g. workstations, printers, desktop computers, etc.) Coordinate final locations of grommet holes with owner and architect. Provide at each workstation.
O. Ventilation Grills: Vents for computer furniture, Wurth Louis & Company (or equal), 2 3/8” x 8 5/8” plastic vent, black.
P. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated.
1. Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630.
Q. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements in BHMA A156.9.
R. File Bar and Holder Rail (File Drawers): Blum File Hanger System, ZRM.5500.US Metafile or equal.
S. Elbow Catch: BHMA A156.9 B33023, Ives Elbow Catch or equal.
2.5 EXPOSED ADJUSTABLE SHELVING
A. Exposed Adjustable Shelving: Made from the following materials:
1. 1-inch thick, melamine-faced particleboard with radiused and filled applied PVC front edge. Do not use particleboard or MDF that contains urea formaldehyde.
2. Shelf Brackets & Standards: KV standards and brackets.
3. Color: As indicated in Finish Schedule on Drawings.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Concealed countertop steel support brackets
1. Basis-of-Design Products: Subject to compliance with provide the following product or comparable products:
a. A&M Hardware
b. US Futaba, USF-72531
2. Size: 2.0" version: 9", 12", 18", 24" and 30" support arm lengths
3. Upper extension (EC) and without (C)
4. Mounting hardware.
5. Color: White, powder coat
6. Locations: As indicated on Drawings.
B. Exposed countertop steel support brackets
1. Basis-of-Design Products: Subject to compliance with provide the following product or comparable products:
a. Doug Mockett, SWS-4
2. Sizes: 24" and 30" support arm lengths
3. Color: Selected from full range of standard colors.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 – 7
C. Aluminum Trim:
1. Extruded Bars and Shapes: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5/T52.
2. Shape & Size: As indicated on drawings.
3. Finish: Clear anodic, brushed finish, unless noted otherwise on Drawings.
D. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber and Fire- retardant-treated softwood lumber, kiln-dried to less than 15 percent moisture content.
E. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post-installed anchors. Use nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors.
2.7 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate architectural cabinets to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated.
B. Complete fabrication, including assembly and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.
1. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times architectural cabinet fabrication will be complete.
2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped complet ely assembled.
Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements before disassembling fo r shipment.
C. Shop-cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs.
D. Install glass to comply with applicable requirements in Section 08 80 00 "Glazing" and in GANA's "Glazing Manual."
1. For glass in frames, secure glass with removable stops.
2. For exposed glass edges, polish and grind smooth.
EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Before installation, condition cabinets to humidity conditions in installation areas for not less than 72 hours.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Grade: Install cabinets to comply with quality standard grade of item to be installed.
B. Assemble cabinets and complete fabrication at Project site to extent that it was not completed in the shop.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 – 8
C. Anchor cabinets to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with wafer-head cabinet installation screws.
D. Install cabinets level, plumb, and true in line to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches using concealed shims.
1. Scribe and cut cabinets to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts.
2. Install cabinets without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated.
3. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, and at ends not m ore than 16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head sheet metal screws through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Repair damaged and defective cabinets, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects. Where not possible to repair, replace architectural cabinets. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.
B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware.
C. Clean cabinets on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces.
END OF SECTION 06 41 16
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
ROOFING PATCH & REPAIR 07 01 50 – 1
SECTION 07 01 50 – ROOFING PATCH & REPAIR
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Patch and repair of existing roofing system at new mechanical equipment & screen
2. Roofing membrane.
3. Roof insulation.
1.2 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section.
B. Existing Membrane Roofing System: Membrane roofing, roof insulation, surfacing, and components and accessories between deck and roofing membrane.
C. Partial Roof Tear-Off: Removal of a portion of existing membrane roofing system from deck or removal of selected components and accessories from existing membrane roofing system due new construction.
D. Remove: Detach items from existing constr uction and legally dispose of them off -site unless indicated to be removed and reinstalled.
E. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not indicated to be removed.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Temporary Roofing: Include Product Data and description of temporary roofing s ystem. If temporary roof will remain in place, submit surface preparation requirements needed to receive permanent roof, and submit a letter from roofing membrane manufacturer stating acceptance of the temporary membrane and that its inclusion will not ad versely affect the roofing system's resistance to fire and wind.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer as approved by manufacturer to work on existing roofing system.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
ROOFING PATCH & REPAIR 07 01 50 – 2
B. Fastener pull-out test report.
C. Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including exterior and interior finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as having been damaged by roofing operations. Submit before Work begins.
D. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes, such as asbestos - containing material, by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Installer of new membrane roofing system approved by manufacturer to work on existing roofing.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning membrane roofing removal. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately below roofing area. Conduct roofing so Owner's operations will not be dis rupted. Provide Owner with not less than 72 hours’ notice of activities that may affect Owner's operations.
1. Coordinate work activities daily with Owner so Owner can place protective dust or water leakage covers over sensitive equipment or furnishings, shu t down HVAC and fire -alarm or -detection equipment if needed, and evacuate occupants from below the work area.
2. Before working over structur ally impaired areas of deck, notify Owner to evacuate occupants from below the affected area. Verify that occupants below the work area have been evacuated before proceeding with work over the impaired deck area.
B. Protect building where construction is sch eduled, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage or soiling from demolition operations.
C. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
D. Weather Limitations: Proceed with roofing preparation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering existing roofing system or building.
E. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials such as asbestos -containing materials will be encountered in the Work.
1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. Existing roof will be left no less watertight than before removal.
2. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are enc ountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
ROOFING PATCH & REPAIR 07 01 50 – 3
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, signed by Installer, covering the Work of this Section, including all components of built -up roofing, such as patching and repair of built-up roofing membrane, base flashing, roof insulatio n, fasteners, cover boards, substrate boards, vapor retarders, for the following warranty period:
B. Installer Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INFILL MATERIALS
A. Use infill materials matching existing roofing system materials unless otherwise indicated.
1. Roofing Installers: Subject to compliance with requirements
2.2 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS
A. General: Auxiliary roofing preparation materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with components of existing roofing system.
2.3 ROOF INSULATION
A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured by roofing manufacturer, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application, of thicknesses indicated
1. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2, felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces
2.4 AUXILIARY MEMBRANE ROOFING MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion - resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening membrane to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer.
B. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide lap sealant, water cutoff mastic, metal termination bars, metal battens, pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flas hings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, reinforced membrane securement strips, T -joint covers, in - seam sealants, termination reglets, cover strips, and other accessories.
C. Counterflashing and Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following materials:
1. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch thick or match existing.
2.5 WALKWAYS
A. Flexible Walkways: Factory-formed, nonporous , heavy -duty, TPA, slip-resisting, surface - textured walkway pads or rolls, heat weldable, as manufactured by Tremco.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
ROOFING PATCH & REPAIR 07 01 50 – 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect existing membrane roofing system that is indicated not to be demolished.
1. Loosely lay 1-inch- minimum thick, molded expanded polystyrene (MEPS) insulation over the roofing membrane in areas indicated. L oosely lay 15/32-inch plywood or OSB panels over MEPS. Extend MEPS past edges of plywood or OSB panels a minimum of 1 inch.
2. Limit traffic and material storage to areas of existing roofing membrane that have been protected.
3. Maintain temporary protection an d leave in place until replacement roofing has been completed. Remove temporary protection on completion of roofing.
B. Coordinate with Owner to shut down air -intake equipment in the vicinity of the Work. Cover air - intake louvers before proceeding with roofing work that could affect indoor air quality or activate smoke detectors in the ductwork.
C. During removal operations, have sufficient and suitable materials on -site to facilitate rapid installation of temporary protection in the event of unexpected rain.
D. Maintain roof drains in functioning c ondition to ensure roof drainage at end of each workday.
Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors. Use roof -drain plugs specifically designed for this purpose. Remove roof -drain plugs at end of each workday, when no work is taking place, or when rain is forecast.
1. If roof drains are temporarily blocked or unserviceable due to roofing system removal or partial installation of new membrane roofing system, provide alternative drainage method to remove water and eliminate ponding. Do not permit water to enter into or under existing membrane roofing system components that are to remain.
E. Verify that rooftop utilities and service piping have been shut off before beginning the Work.
3.2 INFILL MATERIALS INSTALLATION
A. Immediately after removal of selected portions of existing membrane roofing system, and inspection and repair, if needed, of deck, fill in the tear -off areas to match existing membrane roofing system construction.
3.3 EXISTING CAP FLASHINGS
A. Remove existing cap flashings around curbs and penetrations as noted on drawings.
1. Clean substrates of contaminants such as asphalt, sheet materials, dirt, and debris.
B. Do not damage metal counterflashings that are to remain. Replace metal counterflashings damaged duri ng removal with counterflashings of same metal, weight or thickness, and finish.
C. Inspect curb sheathing for deterioration and damage. If curb sheathing has deteriorated, patch and repair as per manufacturers recomendation.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
ROOFING PATCH & REPAIR 07 01 50 – 5
D. Metal Protection: Where dissimi lar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by SMACNA.
1. Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing direc tly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or install a course of polyethylene sheet.
3.4 PROTECTING AND CLEANING
A. Protect patches and repairs from damage and wear during remainder of co nstruction period.
B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements.
C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. Remove all construction debris and sweep roof without damaging the granulated cap sheet, leaving a broom clean condition.
3.5 DISPOSAL
A. Collect demolished materials and place in containers. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
1. Storage or sale of demolished items or materials on-site is not permitted.
B. Transport and legally dispose of demolished materials off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 07591
This page intentionally left blank.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 – 1
SECTION 07 21 00 - THERMAL INSULATION
GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Polyisocyanurate foam-plastic board insulation. (Typical for above-deck roofing insuation).
2. Closed cell spray foam insulation
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Polyisocyanurate foam-plastic board insulation.
2. Closed cell spray foam insulation
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Installer's Certification: Listing type, manufacturer, and R-value of insulation installed in each element of the building thermal envelope.
1. Sign, date, and post the certification in a conspicuous location on Project site.
B. Product test reports.
C. Research reports.
PRODUCTS
2.1 POLYISOCYANURATE FOAM-PLASTIC BOARD INSULATION
A. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation, glass-reinforced faced ASTM C1289, Type II, Class 1, grade 3.
1. Approved Products:
a. Energy-3, by Johns Manville
b. Sarnatherm ISO, by Sika Sarnafil
c. Or equal
2. Fire Propagation Characteristics: Passes NFPA 285 testing as part of an approved assembly.
3. Labeling: Provide identification of mark indicating R-value of each piece of insulation 12 inches and wider in width.
2.2 CLOSED CELL SPRAY FOAM INSULATION
A. Semi-rigid Polyurethane foam insulation
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 – 2
1. Approved Products:
a. Ultra Pure Closed Cell Spray Foam, by Owens Corning
b. JM Corbond III, by Johns Manville
c. Or equal
2. Flame-Spread Index: Not more than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.
3. Smoke-Developed Index: Not more than 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.
4. Nominal Density: 2 lb/cu. ft
5. Thermal Resistivity: 4.3 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Insulation for Miscellaneous Voids:
1. Glass-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C764, Type II, loose fill; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 5, per ASTM E84.
2. Spray Polyurethane Foam Insulation: ASTM C1029, Type II, closed cell, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E84.
3. Polyurethane Pour-In-Place Insulation: Closed cell, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E84, specifically formulated for pour-in-place applications.
B. Insulation Anchors, Spindles, and Standoffs: As recommended by manufacturer.
C. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product compatible with insulation and air and water barrier materials, and with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates without damaging insulation and substrates.
EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications.
B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time.
C. Install insulation with manufacturer's R-value label exposed after insulation is installed.
D. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.
E. Provide sizes to fit applications and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness or to achieve R-value.
END OF SECTION 07 21 00
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 – 1
SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS
GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Nonstaining silicone joint sealants.
2. Urethane joint sealants.
3. Mildew-resistant joint sealants.
4. Latex joint sealants.
1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product.
B. Samples: For each kind and color of joint sealant required.
C. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:
1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation.
2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name.
3. Joint-sealant formulation.
4. Joint-sealant color.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product test reports.
B. Preconstruction laboratory test reports.
C. Preconstruction field-adhesion-test reports.
D. Field-adhesion-test reports.
E. Sample warranties.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C1021 to conduct the testing indicated.
1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Submit to joint-sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 – 2
1. Adhesion Testing: Use ASTM C794 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates.
2. Compatibility Testing: Use ASTM C1087 to determine sealant compatibility when in contact with glazing and gasket materials.
3. Stain Testing: Use ASTM C1248 to determine stain potential of sealant when in contact with stone, masonry, or other porous substrates.
4. For materials failing tests, obtain joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers.
B. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates. Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1.1 in ASTM C1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C1521.
1. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PRODUCTS
2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL
A. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.2 NONSTAINING SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS
A. Nonstaining Joint Sealants: No staining of substrates when tested according to ASTM C1248.
B. Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 100/50, NT: Nonstaining, single-component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Use NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that m ay be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Pecora Corporation; Pecora 890FTS/TXTR.
b. Sika Corporation; Joint Sealants; Sikasil WS-290.
c. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 1.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 – 3
C. Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT: Nonstaining, single-component, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Pecora Corporation; Pecora 864NST.
b. Sika Corporation; Joint Sealants; Sikasil WS-295.
c. The Dow Chemical Company; Dow Corning® 795 Silicone Building Sealan t. d. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 2.
D. Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 100/50, T, NT: Nonstaining, single-component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Uses T and NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. The Dow Chemical Company; Dow Corning® 790 Silicone Building Sealant.
2.3 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS
A. Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, nontraffic-use, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol I-XL.
b. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Stampede-1.
c. Tremco Incorporated; Dymonic.
B. Urethane, S, NS, 100/50, T, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Uses T and NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Sika Corporation; Joint Sealants; Sikaflex 15LM.
C. Urethane, S, NS, 25, T, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses T and NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Tremco: Vulkem 45SSL.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 – 4
D. Urethane, M, P, 25, T, NT: Multicomponent, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 Urethane, M, P, 25, T, NT: Multicomponent, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol II SG.
b. Sika Corporation; Joint Sealants; Sikaflex 2c SL.
c. Tremco Incorporated; THC 900/901.
2.4 SILICONE EXTRUDED SEAL
A. Preformed silicone seal for weatherproofing applications.
B. Bonds to compatible silicone building sealant.
C. Color: provide mfr standard range of colors for review.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Dow Chemical Company; DOWSIL 123 (bonded with DOWSIL 795 Silicone sealant)
2.5 Mildew-Resistant Joint Sealants: Formulated MILDEW-RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS A. Mildew-Resistant Joint Sealants: Formulated for prolonged exposure to humidity with fungicide to prevent mold and mildew growth.
B. Silicone, Mildew Resistant, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT: Mildew-resistant, single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, acid-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Pecora Corporation; Pecora 860.
b. The Dow Chemical Company; DOW CORNING® 786 SILICONE SEALANT. c. Tremco Incorporated; Tremsil 200.
C. Acrylic Latex: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C834, Type OP, Grade NF.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Pecora Corporation; AC-20.
b. Tremco Incorporated; Tremflex 834.
c. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); PowerHouse Siliconized Acrylic Latex Sealant.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 – 5
2.6 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING
A. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C1330, Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Construction Foam Products; a division of Nomaco, Inc.; SOF Rod or a comparable product by one of the following:
a. Adfast.
b. Alcot Plastics Ltd.
c. Master Builders Solutions.
B. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials.
C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.
EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:
1. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C1193 and joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
B. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 – 6
C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.
D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed:
1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skin ning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
1. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C1193 unless otherwise indicated.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows:
1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows:
a. Perform 10 tests for the first 100 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate.
b. Perform one test for each 100 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation.
2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C1521.
B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory.
Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements.
3.4 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE
A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces .
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control and expansion joints in brick pavers.
b. Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. c. Joints between plant-precast architectural concrete paving units. d. Joints in stone paving units, including steps.
e. Tile control and expansion joints.
f. Joints between different materials listed above.
g. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, M, P, 50, T, NT.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 – 7
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.
4. Refer to section 32 13 73 "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" for sealing joints in paved roads, parking lots, walkways, and curbing.
B. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces .
1. Joint Locations:
a. Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete.
b. Joints between plant-precast architectural concrete units. c. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry.
d. Joints in dimension stone cladding.
e. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, nonstaining, S, NS, 100/50, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.
C. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces .
1. Joint Locations:
a. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.
b. Control and expansion joints in stone flooring.
c. Control and expansion joints in brick flooring.
d. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring.
e. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, M, P, 25, T, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.
D. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces subject to significant movement.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.
E. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces not subject to significant movement.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and interior windows.
c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 – 8
2. Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.
4. Refer to section 07 92 19 "Acoustical Joint Sealants" for sealing joints in sound-rated construction.
F. Joint-Sealant Application: Mildew-resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. b. Tile control and expansion joints where indicated.
c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, mildew resistant, acid curing, S, NS, 25, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.
END OF SECTION 07 92 00
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 – 1
SECTION 08 11 13 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Interior standard steel doors and frames.
2. Exterior standard steel doors and frames.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: Include the following:
1. Elevations of each door type.
2. Details of doors, including vertical- and horizontal-edge details and metal thicknesses.
3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses.
C. Product Schedule: For hollow-metal doors and frames, prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings.
Coordinate with final door hardware schedule.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product test reports.
B. Field quality control reports.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Documents: For fire-rated doors, list of door numbers and applicable room name and number to which door accesses.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Rated Door Inspector Qualifications: Inspector for field quality control inspecti ons of fire- rated door assemblies shall meet the qualifications set forth in NFPA 80, section 5.2.3.1 and the following:
1. Door and Hardware Institute Fire and Egress Door Assembly Inspector (FDAI) certification.
B. Egress Door Inspector Qualifications: Inspector for field quality control inspections of egress door assemblies shall meet the qualifications set forth in NFPA 101, section 7.2.1.15.4 and the following:
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 – 2
1. Door and Hardware Institute Fire and Egress Door Assembly Inspector (FDAI) certification.
PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Ceco Door; ASSA ABLOY.
2. Curries Company; ASSA ABLOY.
3. Pioneer Industries.
4. Republic Doors and Frames.
5. Rocky Mountain Metals, Inc.
6. Security Metal Products; a brand of ASSA ABLOY.
7. Steelcraft; an Allegion brand.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire -protection ratings and temperature-rise limits indicated on Drawings, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C.
1. Smoke- and Draft-Control Door Assemblies: Listed and labeled for smoke and draft control by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105.
2. Temperature-Rise Limit: At vertical exit enclosures and exit passageways, provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end point of not more than 450 deg F above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire-test exposure.
B. Fire-Rated, Borrowed-Lite Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 257 or UL 9.
C. Thermally Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door assemblies with U-factor of not more than
0.10 deg Btu/F x h x sq. ft. (2.27 W/K x sq. m) when tested according to ASTM C 518.
2.3 INTERIOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Construct hollow-metal doors and frames to comply with standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified.
B. Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2; SDI A250.4, Level B. .
1. Doors:
a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches.
c. Face: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch. d. Edge Construction: Model 1, Full Flush.
e. Core: Manufacturer's standard.
f. Fire-Rated Core: Manufacturer's standard vertical steel stiffener core for fire-rated and temperature-rise-rated doors.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 – 3
2. Frames:
a. Materials: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. b. Sidelite and Transom Frames: Fabricated from same thickness material as adjacent door frame.
c. Construction: Face welded.
d. Exposed Finish: Prime.
2.4 EXTERIOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Construct hollow-metal doors and frames to comply with standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified.
B. Extra-Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 3; SDI A250.4, Level A..
1. Doors:
a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches.
c. Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum A40 coating.
d. Edge Construction: Model 1, Full Flush.
e. Top Edge Closures: Close top edges of doors with flush closures of same material as face sheets. Seal joints against water penetration.
f. Bottom Edges: Close bottom edges of doors with end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape.
g. Core: Polyurethane or Polyisocyanurate with vertical steel stiffeners. h. Fire-Rated Core: Manufacturer's standard vertical steel stiffener with insulation core for fire-rated doors.
2. Frames:
a. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum A40 coating.
b. Construction: Full profile welded.
2.5 BORROWED LITES
A. Fabricate of uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness matching adjacent door frame construction.
B. Construction: Full profile welded.
C. Fabricate in one piece except where handling and shipping limitations require multiple sections.
Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of metal of same or greater thickness as metal as frames.
D. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
2.6 FRAME ANCHORS
A. Jamb Anchors:
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 – 4
1. Type: Anchors of minimum size and type required by applicable door and frame standard, and suitable for performance level indicated.
2. Quantity: Minimum of three anchors per jamb, with one additional anchor for frames with no floor anchor. Provide one additional anchor for each 24 inches of frame height above 7 feet.
3. Postinstalled Expansion Anchor: Minimum 3/8-inch- diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts, with manufacturer's standard pipe spacer.
B. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor.
C. Floor Anchors for Concrete Slabs with Underlayment: Adjustable-type anchors with extension clips, allowing not less than 2-inch height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at top of underlayment.
D. Material: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized.
1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M; hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.
2.7 MATERIALS
A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications.
B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.
C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.
D. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
E. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow-metal frames of type indicated.
F. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke- developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.
G. Closed-Cell Spray Polyurethane Foam: ASTM C 1029, Type II, minimum density of 1.5 lb/cu. ft. and minimum aged R-value at 1-inch thickness of 6.2 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F.
H. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Section 08 80 00 "Glazing."
2.8 FABRICATION
A. Hollow-Metal Frames: Fabricate in one piece except where handling and shipping limitations require multiple sections. Where frames are fabricated in sections, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of metal of same or greater thickness as frames.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 – 5
1. Sidelite and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by welding.
2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
3. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction.
a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.
B. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal doors and frames to receive templated mortised hardware, and electrical wiring; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates.
1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware.
2. Comply with BHMA A156.115 for preparing hollow-metal doors and frames for hardware.
C. Glazed Lites: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with mitered hairline joints.
1. Provide stops and moldings flush with face of door, and with square stops unless otherwise indicated.
2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each glazed lite is capable of being removed independently.
3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal doors and frames.
4. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and installation types indicated.
5. Provide stops for installation with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches o.c. from each corner.
2.9 STEEL FINISHES
A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer.
1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer complying with SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure.
EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. Touch up factory-applied finishes where spreaders are removed.
B. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 – 6
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Hollow-Metal Frames: Comply with SDI A250.11.
1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces without damage to completed Work.
a. Where frames are fabricated in sections, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. Touch-up finishes.
b. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening.
2. Fire-Rated Openings: Install frames according to NFPA 80.
3. Floor Anchors: Secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.
4. Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside interior frames.
5. Fill inside of exterior frames with closed-cell spray polyurethane foam.
6. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout or mortar.
7. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.
8. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal frames to the following tolerances:
a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.
b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall.
c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.
d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor.
B. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit and adjust hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below.
1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors: Comply with SDI A250.8.
2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.
3. Smoke-Control Doors: Install doors according to NFPA 105.
C. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 08 80 00 "Glazing" and with hollow- metal manufacturer's written instructions.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection Agency: Owner will engage a qualified inspector to perform inspections and to furnish reports to Architect.
B. Inspections:
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 – 7
1. Fire-Rated Door Inspections: Inspect each fire-rated door according to NFPA 80, section
5.2 2. Egress Door Inspections: Inspect each door equipped with panic hardware, each door equipped with fire exit hardware, each door located in an exit enclosure, each ele ctrically controlled egress door, and each door equipped with special locking arrangements according to NFPA 101, section 7.2.1.15.
C. Repair or remove and replace installations where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements.
D. Reinspect repaired or replaced installations to determine if replaced or repaired door assembly installations comply with specified requirements.
E. Prepare and submit separate inspection report for each fire-rated door assembly indicating compliance with each item listed in NFPA 80.
3.4 CLEANING AND TOUCHUP
A. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.
B. Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in painting Sections.
END OF SECTION 08 11 13
This page intentionally left blank.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
DOOR HARDWARE 231116 08 71 00 – 1
SECTION 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions of Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes items known commercially as finish or door hardware that are required for swing, sliding, and folding doors, except special types of unique hardware specified in the same sections as the doors and door frames on which they are installed.
B. This Section includes the following, but is not necessarily limited to:
1. Door hardware, including electric hardware.
2. Gate hardware.
3. Card reader access control devices.
4. Low-energy automatic operators, including sensors and actuators.
5. Thresholds, gasketing and weather-stripping.
C. Related Sections: The following sections are noted as containing requirements that relate to this Section, but may not be limited to this listing.
1. Division 08: Section - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.
2. Division 08: Section - Flush Wood Doors.
3. Division 08: Section - Aluminum-Framed Storefronts.
4. Division 28: Section - Electronic Access Control.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. 2022 California Building Code, CCR Title 24, Part 2
B. BHMA - Builders’ Hardware Manufacturers Association
C. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute
D. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association.
1. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives
2. NFPA 105 - Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies
E. UL - Underwriters Laboratories.
1. UL 10C - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
2. UL 305 - Panic Hardware
F. WHI - Warnock Hersey Incorporated
G. SDI - Steel Door Institute
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
DOOR HARDWARE 231116 08 71 00 – 2
1.4 SUBMITTALS & SUBSTITUTIONS
A. General: Submit in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 Specification sections.
B. Submit product data (catalog cuts) including manufacturers' technical product information for each item of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts and finish, and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements.
C. Submit electronic PDF copies of schedule organized vertically into “Hardware Sets” with index of doors and headings, indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include following information:
1. Include a Cover Sheet with:
a. Job Name, location, telephone number.
b. Architects name, location and telephone number.
c. Contractors name, location, telephone number and job number. d. Suppliers name, location, telephone number and job number. e. Hardware consultant's name, location and telephone number.
2. Job Index information included:
a. Numerical door number index including; door number, hardware heading number and page number.
b. Complete keying information (referred to DHI hand -book "Keying Systems and Nomenclature"). Provision should be made in the schedule to provide keying information when available; if it is not available at the time the preliminary schedule is submitted.
c. Manufacturers' names and abbreviations for all materials. d. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes used in the schedule. e. Mounting locations for hardware.
f. Clarification statements or questions.
g. Catalog cuts and manufacturer’s technical data and instructions.
3. Vertical schedule format sample:
Heading Number 1 (Hardware group or set number - HW Group #1)
(a) 1 Single - Door #101 - Corridor 101 to Exterior (b) 90 (c) RH
(d) 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" - Wood Door x Hollow Metal Frame - 20 Minute
(e) 1. (f) 3 ea (g) Hinges - (h) 5BB1 4.5 x 4.5 NRP (i) 1/2 TMS (j) 630 (k) IVE
2. 1 ea Lockset - ND80PD x RHO x RH x 10-025 x JTMS 626 SCH
3. 1 ea Closer - 4040XP x EDA x TBSRT 689 LCN
(a) Single or pair of doors with opening number and location. (b) Degree of opening.
(c) Hand of door(s).
(d) Door/frame dimensions and material; Label requirements, if any. (e) Hardware item line # (Optional).
(f) Quantity.
(g) Product description.
(h) Product part number.
WINN PARK TENANT IMPROVEMENT
100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AN-23016
11.30.2023
DOOR HARDWARE 231116 08 71 00 – 3
(i) Fastenings and other pertinent information.
(j) Hardware finish codes per ANSI/BHMA A156.18.
(k) Manufacturer abbreviation.
D. Make substitution requests in accordance with Division 01. Substitution requests must be made prior to bid date. Include product data and indicate benefit to the project. Furnish samples of any proposed substitution.
E. Wiring Diagrams: Provide product data and wiring and riser diagrams for all el ectrical products listed in the Hardware Schedule portion of this section.
F. Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled.
G. Templates for doors, frames, and oth er work specified to be factory prepared for the installation of door hardware. Check shop drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements.
H. Furnish as-built/as-installed schedule with close -out documents, including keying schedule and transcript, wiring/riser diagrams, manufacturers’ installation and adjustment and maintenance information.
I. Fire Door Assembly Testing: Submit a written record of each fire door assembly to the Owner to be made available to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) for future building inspections.
J. LEED Certification Points: Submit information and certifications necessary to achieve maximum points for LEED certification; coordi nate and cooperate with Owner and Architect in providing information necessary for required LEED rating.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, exit devices, etc.) from a single manufacturer.
B. Supplier Qualific ations: A recognized architectural door hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities in the project's vicinity, that has a record of successful in -service performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this project and that employs an experienced architectural hardware consultant (AHC) who is available to Owner, Architect, and Contractor, at reasonable times during the course of the Work, for consultation.
1. Responsible for detailing, scheduling and ordering of finish hardware.
2. Meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and to obtain final instructions in writing.
3. Stock parts for products supplied and are capable of repairing and replacing hardware items found defective within warranty periods.
C. Hardware Installer: Company specializing in the installation of commercial door hardware with five years documented experience.
D. Fire-Rated Openings: Provide door hardware for fire-rated openings that complies with NFPA 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed and tested by UL or Warnock Hersey for given type/size opening and degree of label.
Provide proper latching hardware, door closers, approved -bearing hinges and seals whether listed in the Hardware Schedule or not.